Miller HV Series

Heavy Duty
Hydraulic Cylinders

Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA November 1, 2018

Heavy Duty Service

Nominal Pressure – 3000 PSI
Tie Rod Construction
Standard Bore Sizes –
1.50" through 20.00"
 Abrasive particulate can cause signifi­cant wear to
precision components when it enters the cylinder
and migrates into the hydraulic system. The Miller
Fluid Power Crown Wiper is extremely effective
in keeping contamination out of the cylinder to
prevent if from shortening the actuator and system
service life. Miller Fluid Power showcases its
commitment to reducing hydraulic system
problems with the Crown Wiper. This innovative
solution goes a long way toward improving
equipment operation, lowering costs, extending
component life and machine availability. Crown™ Wiper

Product Features:
• The sharp leading edge cleans the • Available in fluorocarbon material
piston rod on the retract stroke. for Class 5 service in elevated
• The Crown Wiper acts as a temperatures.
secondary seal by wiping away • Beveled design sheds abrasive
any oil film adhering to it on the contamination away from the
extended stroke. bushing.
• Durable polyurethane material • Available in rod diameters
works well for both Seal Class 1 0.625" - 5.500".
and 4 Service. • Does not change cylinder
mounting dimensions.

In line with our policy of continuing product improvement, specifications and information contained in this catalog are subject to change.
Copyright ©2018 by Parker Hannifin Corporation. All rights reserved.
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH,
PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from the Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system options for further investigation
by users having expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application, including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product
or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing,
is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin
Corporation and its subsidiaries at any time without notice.

Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized
distributors. This offer and its acceptance are governed by provisions stated on a separate page of the document entitled ‘Offer of Sale’.

Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Table of Contents HV Series

Table of Contents
Newest Design Features of the HV Cylinder pages II-IV

Overview — HV Series pages 1-6

Mounting Styles & Tips for Applying Them. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Model Code / How To Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Overview
Features and Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Piston Seal Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

A
HV Series 1.50" - 8.00" Bore pages 7-41

1.50" - 8.00" Bore

HV 1.50" - 6.00" Bore Specifications / Mounting Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 HV 7.00" & 8.00" Bore Rod End Styles and Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . 27

HV Series
HV 1.50" - 6.00" Bore Rod End Styles and Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . 8-9 HV 7.00" & 8.00" Bore Mount Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-40

B
HV 1.50" - 6.00" Bore Mounting Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 HV 7.00" & 8.00" Bore Double Rod Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
HV 1.50" - 6.00" Bore Double Rod Cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore pages 42-60

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

HV 10.00" - 20.00" Bore Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 HV 10.00" - 20.00" Bore Specifications / Mountings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

HV Series
HV 10.00" - 20.00" Bore Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 HV 10.00" - 20.00" Bore Rod End Styles and Dimensions. . . . . . . . . 49

C
Model Code / How To Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-45 HV 10.00" - 20.00" Bore Mount Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-59
HV 10.00" - 20.00" Bore Piston Seal Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 HV 10.00" - 20.00" Bore Double Rod Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
HV Series Large Bore Composite Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Engineering Data pages 61-88

Engineering Data
Metallic Rod Scraper, Crown Wiper, Rod End Boots, Fluids and Temperature Range / Pressure Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Bushing Drain and Air Bleeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Piston & Bushing Friction / Piston Orifice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-71
D

D
Tie Rod Supports, Stroke Adjusters, Thrust Key Mountings, Ports, Stroke Data, Mounting Groups and Stop Tubing. . . . . . . . . 72-75
and Metric Piston Rod Thread. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Piston Rod Selection Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76-78
Theoretical Push & Pull Forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-65 Cushioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79-84
Global Shield™ Rod Coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Support Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Cylinder Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Cylinder Safety Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-87
Operating Fluids and Seals / Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Offer of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

I Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Sealing Solutions HV Series

Piston Sealing Solutions for the

Most Demanding Applications
Piston Seal Technology For The 21st Century
The new Miller universal piston seal design addresses the performance balance between low pressure
sealability, low friction, extrusion resistance and seal life.
One piston style is used for all piston seal and wear ring configurations and will suit all application
requirements. A common piston design permits field changing of seal configuration or seal and wear
band material without replacing costly machined components when variations in application parameters
occur, such as fluid, temperature or duty cycle.
All piston options include dual non-metallic wear rings to provide maximum stability and bearing area
for protection against eccentric loads.
WearGard™ wear rings are internally lubricated for reduced friction and formulated for heavy-duty
load-bearing applications.
The standard piston style for Class 1 and 4 service is HP; for 2, 3, 5, 6 and 8 service the standard is KP.
If a different piston style is desired for an eligible seal class, enter an 'S' in the Special Modification field
of the model number and specify the piston style in text.

Miller HP Polyurethane Piston Seal Miller KP Filled PTFE Piston Seal

The Miller HP energized bi-directional piston seal The Miller KP bronze filled PTFE seal ring material
improves upon the low friction and long wear of has low running friction for accurate positioning in
lipseals by including excellent low pressure sealing closed loop servo applications.
performance. Specially formulated polyurethane is long
When combined with a fluorocarbon energizing ring
wearing and abrasion resistant with running friction
the Miller KP seal is rated for 400° F and will increase
comparable to lipseals. An o-ring energizer ensures
service intervals in high temperature applications even
virtually zero leakage in low pressure applications.
when compared to fluorocarbon lipseals.
Also, pressure trapping that can result with energized
lipseals is not possible with a single energized seal. By combining the Miller KP seal with other energizer
o-ring compounds and wear ring materials, the
The Miller HP piston seal is an excellent choice for
KP seal offers excellent service in all Seal Class
most industrial applications operating with mineral
based hydraulic oil and is available in Seal Classes 1 environments.
and 4.

II Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Sealing Solutions HV Series

Selection Guide

Application Demand HP Seal KP Seal RP Seal WP Seal

Load Holding Best Good Good Best

Fluid Compatibility Good Best Better Better

Heat Resistance Good (200° F Max.) Best (400° F Max.) Better (300° F Max.) Better (250° F Max.)

Dynamic Friction Best Best Good Better

Breakaway Friction Good Best Good Better

Extrusion Resistance Good Better Best Good

Fluid Isolation N/A N/A N/A Best

Miller RP Thermoplastic Seal Miller WP Mixed Media Seal

The Miller RP step cut ring is made of self- The Miller WP Mixed Media seal is designed for
lubricating, glass reinforced, thermoplastic and is applications requiring different media on either side of
o-ring energized. Unlike cast iron rings that bypass the piston. This option is ideal when hydraulic oil is on
oil, the Miller RP seal provides drift free operation one side of the piston and air is on the opposite side;
throughout the operating pressure range. This tough and it can be equally effective when dissimilar fluids
seal is fully extrusion resistant, even in the face of are on either side of the piston.
extreme pressure spikes, thus ensuring superior wear
Superior low-friction bi-directional sealing is
resistance in the most demanding applications.
accomplished by combining an energized filled PTFE
Miller RP can operate up to 300° F and is compatible seal with a redundant elastomer seal. Energizer and
with Seal Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. redundant elastomer seal materials are available
for compatibility with seal classes 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6.
Note: WP piston seal groove is not universal in
1.50" bore.

III Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Rod Bushing Options HV Series

Versatile Piston Rod Sealing Systems

Deliver Dry Rod Performance
Miller offers the best performing and broadest rod is wiped off by the leading edge, or outer lip of the
selection of rod sealing options. Our Tri-lip bolted Wiperseal. At the same time, any oil which may be
bushing sealing system is a trapped between the Wiperseal
proven anchor of the offering. and the rod seal is returned into
As the rod strokes out, its motion the cylinder. In other words, we
and friction dynamically flex the have an automatic check valve
multi-sealing edges of the Tri-Lip that prevents any appreciable
rod seal to maintain their contact amount of oil to leak past the
with the rod. This provides a seals, and then returns any oil
cutting action to shear the oil from that has managed to wipe by the
the rod, allowing the rod to pass rod seal.
out of the rod seal practically dry. Tri-Lip bushings are easily
Any oil film that remains on the removed for service without
rod is stopped by the inner lip of loosening tie rods and disturbing
the Wiperseal and held between the pressure envelope. Material
it and the rod seal. options allow compatibility with
On the return stroke any dirt or Seal Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6.
foreign matter collected on the

Buffer Seal Bushing Low Friction Bushing

The Miller Buffer Seal, installed ahead of the primary The Miller Low Friction Bushing is designed to
rod seal, protects the primary seal from the effects of minimize ‘slip-stick’ and ‘chatter’ in servo and ‘dither’
pressure spikes. The result is increased primary rod applications. Two unidirectional bronze filled PTFE
seal and wiperseal performance life when in severe primary rod seals and a bronze filled PTFE wiperseal
applications. minimize both breakaway and running friction.
The Miller Buffer Low Friction Rod
Seal is a unique Seals are available
design that allows for rod diameters
trapped pressure 1.000" - 5.500"
back into the Buffer Seal in 1.50" - 8.00"
cylinder. When the bores.
rod extends from the See Piston
cylinder the Buffer & Bushing
Seal is riding on a high compression sealing point Friction page for
to limit leakage. On the retract stroke the seal rocks comparative seal
forward to allow trapped fluid to pass under the seal friction data.
and return to the system.
To order, enter an
Buffer Seals are available with Seal Classes 1, 2, 4 & 'S' in the Special
5. To order, enter an 'S' in the Special Modifications Modification
field of the model number and specify Buffer Seal. field of the model number and specify Low Friction
To accommodate the Buffer Seal, rod bushing length Bushing. Available in Seal Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 & 8.
is extended 0.31" to 0.81", depending on rod diameter.
See Buffer Seal Bushing page 61 for piston rod
extension details.

IV Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Style Tips HV Series 1.50" - 8.00" Bore

Mounting Styles & Tips for Applying Them

View
Table of
Contents
Extended Tie Rod Mountings – TB, TC, and TD
Application: Advantages:
• Straight line force transfer • Ease of mounting in tight spaces
• Compression loads (push) • Force is transferred along the
– use TC or TD centerline of the cylinder

Overview
• Tension loads (pull)

A
– use TB or TD

Flange Mountings – J, JB, JJ, H, HB, and HH

Application: Advantages:
• Straight line force transfer • Rigid base mounting due to
• Compression loads (push) large flange area
– use H, HB or HH • Force is transferred along the
• Tension loads (pull) centerline of the cylinder
– use J, JB, or JJ

Side Tap Mounting – F / Side Lug Mounting – C

Application: Advantages:
• Straight line force transfer • Ease of mounting
• Can be used in compression Recommendation:
or tension loads
• Styles F & C should have a
• Thrust key and secure minimum stroke at least equal
mounting area are vital to the bore diameter

Pivot Mountings – BB, SB and SE

Application: Advantages:
• Curved or arc line force • Ease of mounting
transfer • Design flexibility
• Can be used in compression or • Self aligning (SB or SE)
tension loads
• Movement in a simple arc
– use BB mountings
• Movement in a compound arc
– use SB or SE mountings

Trunnion Mountings – D, DB, DD and DE

Application: Advantages:
• Curved or arc line force • Ease of mounting
transfer • Design flexibility
• Can be used in compression or • Self aligning
tension loads
• Compression loads – use DB
or DD, DE mountings
• Tension loads – use D, DD or
DE mountings

1 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Features and Benefits HV Series 1.50" - 8.00" Bore

The inside story on why

View
Table of
Contents

HV Series is your best choice in heavy Align-A-Groove – A 3/16"

duty hydraulic cylinders

wide surface machined at
each end of the cylinder
body. Makes precise
mounting quick and easy.
Overview
A

Ports – SAE “O” ring ports are standard.

Primary Seal – Tri-lip Rod Seal is a proven
Optional Ports – NPTF ports are optional
leakproof design – completely self-compensating
at no extra charge. Oversize NPTF and
and self-relieving to withstand variations and conform
SAE ports are available at extra charge.
to mechanical deflection that may occur.
Hardened Steel Washers –
Insure accurate Tie Rod Prestress
Secondary Seal – Double-Service urethane
Wiperseal™ wipes clean any oil film adhering to
the rod on the extend stroke and cleans the rod
on the return stroke.

Rod Bushing Assembly – Externally removable

without cylinder disassembly. Long bearing
surface is inboard of the seals, assuring positive
lubrication from within the cylinder. An o-ring is
used as a seal between bushing and head.

Piston Rod Thread – Male rod end

styles #4A and #8A are integral cut
threads on the piston rod. Optional
studded KK small male thread, for
piston rod diameters 2.000" and
smaller, is available by specifying
rod end style #4H.

Piston Rod – Medium carbon steel, induction case-

hardened, hard chrome-plated and polished to 10 RMS Steel Head – Precision finished
finish. Piston rods are made from 85,000 to 100,000 psi on all sides; bored and grooved End Seals – Pressure-
minimum yield material in .625" through 4.000" diameters. to provide concentricity for actuated cylinder body-to-
Larger diameters vary between 57,000 and 90,000 psi mating parts. head and cap o-rings.
minimum material, depending on rod diameter.

Miller’s stepped floating cushions very close to being theoretical, with the exception of the last 1/2
combine the best features of known inch of travel. This is a constant shape in order to have some
cushion technology. flexibility in application. The stepped cushion design shows
reduced pressure peaks for most load and speed conditions,
Deceleration devices or built-in “cushions” are optional and with comparable reduction of objectionable stopping forces
can be supplied at head end, cap end, or both ends without being transmitted to the load and the support structure.
change in envelope or mounting dimensions. Miller cylinder
cushions are a stepped design and combine the best features All Miller HV
of known cushion technology. cushions are
adjustable.
Standard straight or tapered cushions have been used in
industrial cylinders over a very broad range of applications. The HV Series
Miller research has found that both designs have their cylinder design
limitations. incorporates the
longest cushion
As a result, Miller has taken a new approach in cushioning of sleeve and cushion
industrial hydraulic cylinders and for specific load and velocity spear that can be
conditions have been able to obtain deceleration curves that provided in the
come very close to the ideal. The success lies in a stepped standard envelope
sleeve or spear concept where the steps are calculated to without decreasing
approximate theoretical orifice area curves. the rod bearing
and piston bearing
In the cushion performance chart, pressure traces show the
strengths.
results of typical orifice flow conditions. Tests of a three-step
sleeve or spear show three pressure pulses coinciding with the
steps. The deceleration cushion plunger curves shape comes

2 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Features and Benefits HV Series 1.50" - 8.00" Bore

Adjustable Floating Stepped Cushions – For One Common Piston

maximum performance – economical and flexible for 4 Seal Styles
for even the most demanding applications –
provides superior performance in reducing shock. Standard HP style with
Steel Cap – Precision
Cushions are optional and can be supplied at head poly­urethane piston
finished on all sides;
end, cap end, or both ends without change seal – excellent for most
bored and grooved to
in envelope or mounting dimensions. cycling and load holding
provide concentricity for
applications.
mating parts.

Overview
A
Optional KP style with
filled PTFE piston seal –
low friction, high heat
resistance for cycling
and load holding service.

Optional RP style with

thermo­plastic piston
seal – superior extrusion
resistance to extreme
pressure spikes with
drift-free performance.

Optional WP style mixed

media piston seal – low
friction primary seal with
redundant elastomer
delivers superior
per­formance with
dissimilar media on
either side of the piston.
High Strength Tie Rods – Made from
100,000 psi minimum yield steel with
HP KP RP WP
rolled threads for added strength. Application Demand
Seal Seal Seal Seal
Problem Solving Piston Seal Options –
Cylinder Body –
Miller’s new piston seal designs address
Load Holding Best Good Good Best
Heavy-wall steel
tubing, honed to
the performance balance between low Fluid Compatibility Good Best Better Better
pressure seal ability, low friction, extrusion
a micro finish bore.
resistance and seal life. Heat Resistance Good Best Better Better
Dynamic Friction Best Best Good Better
One-Piece Nodular Iron Piston – Two non-metallic wear bands
that minimize tube scoring are standard with all seal styles. Piston Breakaway Friction Good Best Good Better
to rod connection is pre-stressed to maximize fatigue life. An Extrusion Resistance Good Better Best Good
o-ring on the piston ID ensures a leak free joint and anaerobic
adhesive further secures the threaded connection. Fluid Isolation N/A N/A N/A Best

(1) When a cushion is specified at the head end:

a. A self-centering stepped sleeve is furnished on the piston
rod assembly.
b. A cartridge style needle valve is provided that is flush with
the side of the head even when wide open. It is located on
side number 2, in all mounting style models except D, DB,
DD, DE, JJ and HH. In these styles it is located on side
number 3.
c. All cylinder bores utilize a slotted sleeve as a check valve. Cartridge Style
Needle Valve
(2) When a cushion is specified at the cap end:
a. A stepped cushion spear is provided on the piston rod. STEPPED CUSHIONS
b. A “float check” self-centering bushing is provided in ROD END SLEEVE CAP END SPEAR

1.50" - 6.00" bore cylinders, which incorporates a large

flow check valve for fast “out-stroke” action. 7.00" bore and
larger cylinders utilize a springless check valve located
and identified in the same manner as the head end.
c. A cartridge style needle valve is provided that is flush
with the side of the cap when wide open. It is located on
side number 2 in all models except D, DB, DD, DE, JJ and
HH. In these styles it is located on side number 3.

3 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
HV Model Code / How To Order HV Series 1.50" - 8.00" Bore
View
Table of
HV Model Code
Contents
5.00 C K F P TB HV H N H

Bore Dia. Cushion Double Mounting Mounting Combination Series Piston Piston Bushing
Head Rod End Style Modification Mounting Designator Seal Magnet & Seal
Cylinder Style5
Overview
A

Specify Use “C” Use “K” P = Use only if Thrust 1.50"- 8.00" Bore H = Bolt-on Bushing
bore dia. only if only if a Key required. HV with Tri Lip Rod
in inches head end double (Style C or F.) Seal (for Class
See Section C 1 & 4 service) −
1.50 cushion rod end M = Use only for for 10.00 - 20.00"
is required. cylinder is Manifold Port additional Seal
2.00 bores Classes are
required.1 O-Ring Seal.
2.50 available
Applies to C Any practical
3.25 Mount only. K = Bolt-on Lipseal
mounting style
4.00 listed. Bushing with
5.00 Mounting style offering varies by Buffer Seal (Not
series. See 'Standard Specifications' pages for available 0.625”
6.00 H = HP (standard)
availability. rod)
7.00 Piston Seal
T = Basic, No Mount (Model 50) All Series
8.00 K = KP (universal)
TB = Tie Rods Extended Head (Model 53) Piston Seal6 F = Bushing with
TC = Tie Rods Extended Cap (Model 52) dual PTFE Rod
R = RP (extrusion Seals and PTFE
TD = Tie Rods Extended Both Ends (Model 51) resistant) Piston Seal Wiperseal6
J = Head Rectangular Flange (Model 61) W = WP (mixed
JB = Head Square Flange (Model 65) media) Piston Seal
JJ = Head Rectangular (Model 67)
H = Cap Rectangular Flange (Model 62) N = No Magnet
HB = Cap Square Flange (Model 66) 3 = Magnet Piston with SS
HH = Cap Rectangular (Model 68) Cylinder Tube for Global
C = Side Lug2 (Model 72) Switches
F = Side Tapped2 (Model 74) 7 = Magnet with Carbon Steel
BB = Cap Fixed Clevis (Model 84) Cylinder Tube for ALS Switches
D = Head Trunnion (Model 81)
DB = Cap Trunnion (Model 82)
DD = Intermediate Fixed Trunnion3 (Model 89)
Series HV
DE = Heavy Duty Intermediate
Fixed Trunnion3 (Model 87)
Minimum Stroke Table
SB = Spherical Bearing (Model 94) Bore All Mounting Mounting
Ø Styles Except Styles
SE = Heavy Duty DD & DE DD & DE
Spherical Bearing (Model 96)
1.50 1.062 2.875
TX = Special Mounting 2.00 1.562 3.750
(Consult Factory)4
2.50 1.437 3.625
Shaded boxes identify required model number fields. 3.25 1.687 4.375
1
Available mounting styles for K Type cylinders are located at the end of Section A. When 4.00 1.937 5.000
ordering a double rod end cylinder, the piston rod number and piston rod end threads are 5.00 1.937 5.437
to be specified for both rod ends. 6.00 2.562 6.687
The model number should be created as viewing the primary rod end on the left hand side. 7.00 3.437 8.062
Example: K Type Cylinder:
4.00CKTDHVT14A28AC10.000 8.00 2.937 8.250
2
Mounting Styles C and F should have a minimum stroke length equal to or greater than their bore size.
3
Specify XI dimension.
4
Special mounting styles that do not resemble a standard catalog offering will be designated as style TX by the factory.
5
In general, the model numbers as read left to right corresponding to the cylinder as viewed from left to right with the primary end at the left.
The second or subsequent mountings are mountings called out as they appear in the assembly moving away from the rod end. Except when
tie rod extension mountings are part of a combination, all combinations should have a “S” (Special) in the model code and a note in the body
of the order clarifying the mounting arrangement. The “P”, as used to define a thrust key is not considered to be a mounting. However it is
located at the primary end.
6
Piston seal code K and Bushing & Seal code F must be selected for Class 8 service. Dual PTFE rod seals with PTFE wiperseal not available
for 0.625" rod.

4 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
HV Model Code / How To Order HV Series 1.50" - 8.00" Bore
HV Model Code

T 1 S 1 4 2 A C 16.000

Port Seals Special Piston Rod Piston Rod Piston Rod Piston Rod Cushion Cap Stroke8
Type Modification Number 9 End Alternate Threads
Thread 11

Overview
A
1 = Standard Seals 1 Use only for C = Standard Floating Specify
2 = Water Base 2 male thread two Cushion Bushing in inches
Fluid Seals 3 times longer Design
3 = EPR Seals than standard. 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
4
4 = Low Temperature Seals F = Solid Cap Orifice
5
Design
5 = Fluorocarbon Seals
6 = High Water Use only if special
A = UNF Standard Integral Cut Thread
Content Fluid modifications are
required: H = UNF Optional High Strength Stud
8 = Energized PTFE Seals (Style 4 through 2.000" rod only)
E = Fluorocarbon Seals – Oversize Ports
M = Metric
Piston Rod only Port Position Change
N = No Thread 12
N = High Temperature Special Seals
Rod Bushing7 Stop Tube 8
4 = Style 4 Small Male
Stroke Adjusters
4B = Style 4 Small Male with Buffer Seal Bushing
Tie Rod Supports
7 = Style 7 Female Thread for Spherical Rod Eye
Other for Piston Rod Codes larger than Code #1
(Style SB only)
T = SAE Straight Thread O-Ring (Std.) 7B = Style 7 Female Thread with Buffer Seal Bushing
U = NPTF Ports (Dry Seal Pipe Thread) 8 = Style 8 Intermediate Male
R = BSP Ports (Parallel Thread ISO 228) 8B = Style 8 Intermediate Male with Buffer Seal Bushing
P = SAE 4-Bolt Flange Ports (3,000 psi) 9 = Style 9 Short Female9
B = BSPT Ports (Taper Thread) 9B = Style 9 Short Female9 with Buffer Seal Bushing
G = Metric Thread Ports 55 = Style 55 Rod End for Flange Coupling
55B = Style 55 Rod End with Buffer Seal Bushing
Y = Metric Thread Ports per ISO 6149
3 = Style 3 Special (Specify)10
M = Used only for Manifold Port O-ring 3B = Style 3 Special (Specify)10 with Buffer Seal Bushing
Seal. M option must be specified
(Mounting Modification), applies to
Mounting Style C only. Style 9 Minimum Stroke Table
Shaded boxes identify required model number fields. Bore Rod Minimum
7
Ø Ø Stroke
Energized PTFE rod seals & wiperseal. All other cylinder seals
are fluorocarbon. Not available for 0.625" rod. Style 9 Style 9B
8
S = Stop Tube. Specify: stop tube length, net stroke and gross 1.50 - 4.00 All None None
stroke. Gross stroke = stop tube length + net stroke. Gross stroke 2.000 None None
to be placed in the model number field. 2.500 1.000 0.56
5.00
Example: 3.000 1.375 0.94
2.000 inches long stop tube 3.500 1.625 1.19
+14.000 inches net stroke 2.500 None None
16.000 inches gross stroke 3.000 1.375 0.94
6.00
See tables on these pages for minimum allowable strokes for
3.500 1.375 0.94
Series HV and Piston Rod End Styles 9 & 9B. 4.000 2.000 1.56
9 3.000 1.250 0.81
Style 9 stroke restrictions may apply. See Style 9 Minimum
Stroke Table for details. 3.500 1.500 1.06
7.00 4.000 1.500 1.06
10
Provide dimensions for KK, A, W or WF. If otherwise special,
furnish dimensioned sketch. 4.500 2.500 2.06
11
Available only in combination with Style 4 or Style 8.
5.000 3.125 2.31
3.500 1.500 1.06
12
Must be specified for Piston Rod End Style 55.
4.000 1.500 1.06
8.00 4.500 2.375 1.94
5.000 2.875 2.06
5.500 3.625 2.81

5 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Seal Options HV Series
View
Table of
Contents Piston Seal Selection
Miller Piston Seal options HP, KP, RP and WP are available in for each seal class are identified with an ‘X’ and
a number of different Seal Classes. Because the Miller Model the default piston seal style is in the shaded cell.
Number includes Seal Class but does not include a code for To specify an available piston seal style that is not
piston seal style, a default piston seal style is designated for standard, place an ‘S’ in the Special Modification
each seal class. In the table below rows list each seal class and field of the model number and specify the required
columns column list each piston style. Available piston styles piston seal style with text.
Overview
A

Seal Class Piston Seal Options

(Shaded cell is default standard)

HP KP RP WP
Class 1 - Polyurethane & Nitrile X X X X

Class 2 - Nitrile N/A X X X

Class 3 - EPR N/A X X X

Class 4 - Low Temperature Nitrile X X X N/A

Class 5 - Fluorocarbon N/A X X X

Class 5 Rod Bushing Seals Only N/A X X X

Class 6 - Nitroxile N/A X X X

Class 8 - Filled PTFE High Temperature N/A X N/A N/A

Class 8 Rod Bushing Seals Only (all others

N/A N/A X X
Fluorocarbon)

One Common Piston for 4 Seal Styles

Standard HP style with Optional RP style with

poly­urethane piston thermo­plastic piston
seal – excellent for most seal – superior extrusion
cycling and load holding resistance to extreme
applications. pressure spikes with
drift-free performance.

Optional KP style with Optional WP style mixed

filled PTFE piston seal – media piston seal –
low friction, high heat low friction primary seal
resistance for cycling and with redundant elastomer
load holding service. delivers superior
per­formance with dissimilar
media on either side of the
piston.

6 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Specifications / Mounting Styles HV Series 1.50" - 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Standard Specifications
Contents • Heavy Duty Service – ANSI/(NFPA) T3.6.7R3 - 2009 • Piston Rod Diameter – 0.625" through 5.500"
Specifications and Mounting Dimension Standards • Mounting Styles – 19 standard styles at various
• Standard Construction – Square Head – Tie Rod Design application ratings
• Nominal Pressure – 3000 psi1 • Strokes – Available in any practical stroke length
• Standard Fluid – Hydraulic Oil • Cushions – Optional at either end or both ends of stroke.
• Standard Temperature – -10°F to +165°F 2 “Float Check” standard at cap end of 1.50" - 6.00" bore.
• Bore Diameters – 1.50" through 8.00" (Larger sizes available) • Rod Ends – Four Standard Choices – Specials to Order
In line with our policy of continuing product improvement,
1
If hydraulic operating pressure exceeds 3000 psi, send application
data for engineering evaluation and recommendation. See Section D
specifications in this catalog are subject to change. for actual design factors.
Note: HV Series Hydraulic Cylinders fully meet ANSI/(NFPA) T3.6.7R3
- 2009 Specifications and Mounting Dimension Standards for Square
2
See Section D for higher temperature service.
Head Industrial Fluid Power Cylinders.
Available Mounting Styles

1.50"- 8.00" Bore

HV Series
Basic Tie Rods Extended Head End Tie Rods Extended Cap End Tie Rods Extended Both Ends

B
Style T (Model 50) Style TB (Model 53) Style TC (Model 52) Style TD (Model 51)
1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 8.00"

(NFPA MX0) (NFPA MX3) (NFPA MX2) (NFPA MX1)

Head Rectangular Flange Head Square Flange Head Rectangular Cap Rectangular Flange
Style J (Model 61) Style JB (Model 65) Style JJ (Model 67) Style H (Model 62)
1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 8.00"
8.00"

(NFPA MF1) (NFPA MF5) (NFPA ME5) (NFPA MF2)

Cap Square Flange Cap Rectangular Side Lug Side Tapped
Style HB Style HH Style C (Model 72) Style F
(Model 66) (Model 68) 1.50" - 8.00" (Model 74)
1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 8.00"

(NFPA MF6) (NFPA ME6) (NFPA MS2) (NFPA MS4)

Cap Fixed Clevis Head Trunnion Cap Trunnion Intermediate Fixed Trunnion
Style BB Style D Style DB Style DD
(Model 84) (Model 81) (Model 82) (Model 89)
1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 8.00" 1.50" - 8.00"

(NFPA MP1) (NFPA MT1) (NFPA MT2) (NFPA MT4)

HD Intermediate Fixed Trunnion Spherical Bearing HD Spherical Bearing Double Rod Cylinders
Style DE Style SB Style SE Style KT
(Model 87) (Model 94) (Model 96) (Model 50)
4.00" - 8.00" 1.50" - 6.00" 1.50" - 8.00" Shown
1.50" -
8.00"

Most of the above illustrated

Style DE conforms to NFPA mounting styles are available in
dimensional standard. double rod cylinders.

7 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Rod Ends HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Rod End Dimensions − circular bolt-on retainer construction
Contents
Thread Style 4 (NFPA Style SM) Thread Style 8 (NFPA Style IM)
Small Male Intermediate Male
A WF A WF
RT RT
VF VF
KB KB
KK CC

ØB Ø MM ØRD ØB Ø MM ØRD
1.50"- 6.00" Bore
HV Series

NA NA
D WRENCH
B

D WRENCH
FLATS FLATS

See Bushing Retention page to determine which bore, rod and mounting style combinations
have circular bolt-on retainers and which have tie rod retained bushings.

Rod End Dimensions

Bore Rod MM Thread A BØ D F KB NA RD RT V VF W WF
Ø No. Rod Style 8 Style 4 +.000
Ø CC KK -.002
1 (Std.) 0.625 1/2-20 7/16-20 0.75 1.124 0.50 0.38 0.03 0.56 1.94 0.36 0.25 0.27 0.63 1.00
1.50
2 1.000 7/8-14 3/4-16 1.13 1.499 0.88 0.38 0.03 0.94 2.38 0.36 0.50 0.52 1.00 1.38
1 (Std.) 1.000 7/8-14 3/4-16 1.13 1.499 0.88 0.63 0.03 0.94 2.38 0.36 0.25 0.52 0.75 1.38
2.00
2 1.375 1 1/4-12 1-14 1.63 1.999 1.13 0.63 0.19 1.31 2.87 0.36 0.38 0.64 1.00 1.63
1 (Std.) 1.000 7/8-14 3/4-16 1.13 1.499 0.88 0.63 0.03 0.94 2.38 0.36 0.25 0.52 0.75 1.38
2.50 2 1.750 1 1/2-12 1 1/4-12 2.00 2.374 1.50 0.63 0.03 1.69 3.47 0.60 0.50 0.53 1.25 1.88
3 1.375 1 1/4-12 1-14 1.63 1.999 1.13 0.63 0.19 1.31 2.87 0.36 0.38 0.64 1.00 1.63
1 (Std.) 1.375 1 1/4-12 1-14 1.63 1.999 1.13 0.75 0.19 1.31 2.87 0.36 0.25 0.64 0.88 1.63
3.25 2 2.000 1 3/4-12 1 1/2-12 2.25 2.624 1.69 0.75 0.13 1.94 3.72 0.60 0.38 0.53 1.25 2.00
3 1.750 1 1/2-12 1 1/4-12 2.00 2.374 1.50 0.75 0.03 1.69 3.47 0.60 0.38 0.53 1.13 1.88
1 (Std.) 1.750 1 1/2-12 1 1/4-12 2.00 2.374 1.50 0.88 0.03 1.69 3.47 0.60 0.25 0.53 1.00 1.88
4.00 2 2.500 2 1/4-12 1 7/8-12 3.00 3.124 2.06 0.88 0.25 2.38 4.25 0.60 0.38 0.65 1.38 2.25
3 2.000 1 3/4-12 1 1/2-12 2.25 2.624 1.69 0.88 0.13 1.94 3.72 0.60 0.25 0.53 1.13 2.00
1 (Std.) 2.000 1 3/4-12 1 1/2-12 2.25 2.624 1.69 0.88 0.13 1.94 3.72 0.60 0.25 0.53 1.13 2.00
2 3.500 3 1/4-12 2 1/2-12 3.50 4.249 3.00 0.88 - 3.38 5.76 0.91 0.38 0.34 1.38 2.25
5.00
3 2.500 2 1/4-12 1 7/8-12 3.00 3.124 2.06 0.88 0.25 2.38 4.25 0.60 0.38 0.65 1.38 2.25
4 3.000 2 3/4-12 2 1/4-12 3.50 3.749 2.63 0.88 - 2.88 5.26 0.85 0.38 0.41 1.38 2.25
1 (Std.) 2.500 2 1/4-12 1 7/8-12 3.00 3.124 2.06 1.00 0.25 2.38 4.25 0.60 0.25 0.65 1.25 2.25
2 4.000 3 3/4-12 3-12 4.00 4.749 3.38 1.00 - 3.88 6.31 0.91 0.25 0.34 1.25 2.25
6.00
3 3.000 2 3/4-12 2 1/4-12 3.50 3.749 2.63 1.00 - 2.88 5.26 0.85 0.25 0.41 1.25 2.25
4 3.500 3 1/4-12 2 1/2-12 3.50 4.249 3.00 1.00 - 3.38 5.76 0.91 0.25 0.34 1.25 2.25

“Special” Thread Style 3 (Previous Style X)

Special thread, extension, rod eye, blank, etc., are also available.
To order, specify “Style 3” and give desired dimensions for KK, A,
W or WF. If otherwise special, furnish dimensioned sketch.

8 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Rod Ends HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Rod End Dimensions − circular bolt-on retainer construction
Contents
Thread Style 9 2 Style 551
(NFPA Style SF) Small Female Flanged Rod End
A WG
WF RT
RT VF
VF .06R KB
KB

KK ØB ØAM Ø MM ØRD
ØB Ø MM ØRD

1.50"- 6.00" Bore

HV Series
NA ØAF

B
D WRENCH
FLATS AE
AD
See Bushing Retention page to determine which bore, rod and mounting style combinations
have circular bolt-on retainers and which have tie rod retained bushings.

Rod End Dimensions

Bore Rod MM Thread A AD AE AF AM B Ø D KB NA RD RT VF WF WG
Ø No. Rod Style 9 +.001 Ø Ø +.000
Ø KK -.001 -.002
1 (Std.) 0.625 7/16-20 0.75 0.63 0.249 0.38 0.57 1.124 0.50 0.03 0.56 1.94 0.36 0.27 1.00 1.75
1.50
2 1.000 3/4-16 1.13 0.94 0.374 0.69 0.95 1.499 0.88 0.03 0.94 2.38 0.36 0.52 1.38 2.38
1 (Std.) 1.000 3/4-16 1.13 0.94 0.374 0.69 0.95 1.499 0.88 0.03 0.94 2.38 0.36 0.52 1.38 2.38
2.00
2 1.375 1-14 1.63 1.06 0.374 0.88 1.32 1.999 1.13 0.19 1.31 2.87 0.36 0.64 1.63 2.75
1 (Std.) 1.000 3/4-16 1.13 0.94 0.374 0.69 0.95 1.499 0.88 0.03 0.94 2.38 0.36 0.52 1.38 2.38
2.50 2 1.750 1 1/4-12 2.00 1.31 0.499 1.13 1.70 2.374 1.50 0.03 1.69 3.47 0.60 0.53 1.88 3.13
3 1.375 1-14 1.63 1.06 0.374 0.88 1.32 1.999 1.13 0.19 1.31 2.87 0.36 0.64 1.63 2.75
1 (Std.) 1.375 1-14 1.63 1.06 0.374 0.88 1.32 1.999 1.13 0.19 1.31 2.87 0.36 0.64 1.63 2.75
3.25 2 2.000 1 1/2-12 2.25 1.69 0.624 1.38 1.95 2.624 1.69 0.13 1.94 3.72 0.60 0.53 2.00 3.75
3 1.750 1 1/4-12 2.00 1.31 0.499 1.13 1.70 2.374 1.50 0.03 1.69 3.47 0.60 0.53 1.88 3.13
1 (Std.) 1.750 1 1/4-12 2.00 1.31 0.499 1.13 1.70 2.374 1.50 0.03 1.69 3.47 0.60 0.53 1.88 3.13
4.00 2 2.500 1 7/8-12 3.00 1.94 0.749 1.75 2.45 3.124 2.06 0.25 2.38 4.25 0.60 0.65 2.25 4.50
3 2.000 1 1/2-12 2.25 1.69 0.624 1.38 1.95 2.624 1.69 0.13 1.94 3.72 0.60 0.53 2.00 3.75
1 (Std.) 2.000 1 1/2-12 2.25 1.69 0.624 1.38 1.95 2.624 1.69 0.13 1.94 3.72 0.60 0.53 2.00 3.75
2 3.500 2 1/2-12 3.50 2.69 0.999 2.50 3.45 4.249 3.00 - 3.38 5.76 0.91 0.34 2.25 5.63
5.00
3 2.500 1 7/8-12 3.00 1.94 0.749 1.75 2.45 3.124 2.06 0.25 2.38 4.25 0.60 0.65 2.25 4.50
4 3.000 2 1/4-12 3.50 2.44 0.874 2.25 2.95 3.749 2.63 - 2.88 5.26 0.85 0.41 2.25 4.88
1 (Std.) 2.500 1 7/8-12 3.00 1.94 0.749 1.75 2.45 3.124 2.06 0.25 2.38 4.25 0.60 0.65 2.25 4.50
2 4.000 3-12 4.00 2.69 0.999 3.00 3.95 4.749 3.38 - 3.88 6.31 0.91 0.34 2.25 5.75
6.00
3 3.000 2 1/4-12 3.50 2.44 0.874 2.25 2.95 3.749 2.63 - 2.88 5.26 0.85 0.41 2.25 4.88
4 3.500 2 1/2-12 3.50 2.69 0.999 2.50 3.45 4.249 3.00 - 3.38 5.76 0.91 0.34 2.25 5.63

“Special” Thread Style 3 (Previous Style X)

Special thread, extension, rod eye, blank, etc., are also available.
To order, specify “Style 3” and give desired dimensions for KK, A,
W or WF. If otherwise special, furnish dimensioned sketch.
1
For special WG dimension, specify “Style 3” and give desired
dimension for WG. For other changes, place “S” in the model code,
and describe rod end with dimensioned sketch.
2
Style 9 stroke restrictions may apply. See Style 9 Minimum Stroke
Table on How to Order page for details.

9 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Tie Rods Extended Both Ends Mounting ZJ + STROKE
Contents Style TD (Model 51) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MX1) WF LG + STROKE
1 EE
RR K

AA
E 4 2 ØMM
SQ.

3 DD
R BB G J BB
SQ.
1.50"- 6.00" Bore

Style TD (Model 51) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B

Bore Rod MM AA BB DD E EE G J K R RR WF Y Add Stroke

Ø No. Rod Ø Max.
NPTF SAE 1 2
LG P ZJ
1 (std.) 0.625 2.31 1.38 3/8-24 2.50 1/2 10 †
1.75 1.50 0.42 1.63 0.68 1.00 2.00 4.63 2.88 5.63
1.50
2 1.000 2.31 1.38 3/8-24 2.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.63 0.68 1.38 2.38 4.63 2.88 6.00
1 (std.) 1.000 2.90 1.81 1/2-20 3.00 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.05 0.90 1.38 2.38 4.63 2.88 6.00
2.00
2 1.375 2.90 1.81 1/2-20 3.00 1/2 10 †
1.75 1.50 0.57 2.05 0.90 1.63 2.63 4.63 2.88 6.25
1 (std.) 1.000 3.61 1.81 1/2-20 3.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.55 0.90 1.38 2.38 4.75 3.00 6.13
2.50 2 1.750 3.61 1.81 1/2-20 3.50 1/2 10 †
1.75 1.50 0.57 2.55 0.90 1.88 2.88 4.75 3.00 6.63
3 1.375 3.61 1.81 1/2-20 3.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.55 0.90 1.63 2.63 4.75 3.00 6.38
1 (std.) 1.375 4.60 2.31 5/8-18 4.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.25 1.11 1.63 2.75 5.50 3.50 7.13
3.25 2 2.000 4.60 2.31 5/8-18 4.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.25 1.11 2.00 3.13 5.50 3.50 7.50
3 1.750 4.60 2.31 5/8-18 4.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.25 1.11 1.88 3.00 5.50 3.50 7.38
1 (std.) 1.750 5.40 2.31 5/8-18 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.82 1.11 1.88 3.00 5.75 3.75 7.63
4.00 2 2.500 5.40 2.31 5/8-18 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.82 1.11 2.25 3.38 5.75 3.75 8.00
3 2.000 5.40 2.31 5/8-18 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.82 1.11 2.00 3.13 5.75 3.75 7.75
1 (std.) 2.000 7.00 3.19 7/8-14 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 1.55 2.00 3.13 6.25 4.25 8.25
2 3.500 7.00 3.19 7/8-14 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 1.55 2.25 3.38 6.25 4.25 8.50
5.00
3 2.500 7.00 3.19 7/8-14 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 1.55 2.25 3.38 6.25 4.25 8.50
4 3.000 7.00 3.19 7/8-14 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 1.55 2.25 3.38 6.25 4.25 8.50
1 (std.) 2.500 8.10 3.63 1-14 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 1.77 2.25 3.50 7.38 4.88 9.63
2 4.000 8.10 3.63 1-14 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 1.77 2.25 3.50 7.38 4.88 9.63
6.00
3 3.000 8.10 3.63 1-14 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 1.77 2.25 3.50 7.38 4.88 9.63
4 3.500 8.10 3.63 1-14 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 1.77 2.25 3.50 7.38 4.88 9.63
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.
Style T (Model 50) Style TC (Model 52) Style TB (Model 53)

Dimensions for T, TB and TC Mount may be obtained from the above dimensional table.

10 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Head Rectangular Flange Mounting
Contents Style J (Model 61) ZB + STROKE
(NFPA Style MF1) Y P + STROKE
W LB + STROKE
UF
1 EE

E R4 2 ØMM

3
E ØFB F G J K
TF (X4) WF

1.50"- 6.00" Bore

Style J (Model 61) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B
Bore E EE F FB G J K R TF UF Add Stroke
Ø Ø Max.
NPTF 1
SAE 2
LB P
1.50 2.50 1/2 10† 0.38 0.44 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.63 3.44 4.25 5.00 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.05 4.13 5.13 5.25 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.55 4.63 5.63 5.38 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 0.75 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.25 5.88 7.13 6.25 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 0.88 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.82 6.38 7.63 6.63 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 0.88 0.94 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 8.19 9.75 7.13 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 1.00 1.06 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 9.44 11.25 8.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.
Style J (Model 61) –
Style J (Model 61) – Dimensional and Mounting Data Maximum Operating Pressure
Bore Rod MM W WF Y Add Stroke Bore Maximum psi Push3
Ø No. Rod Ø
ZB Max. Rod Code
Ø
1 2 3 4
1 (std.) 0.625 0.63 1.00 2.00 6.29
1.50 1.50 1400 1000 - -
2 1.000 1.00 1.38 2.38 6.67
2.00 2000 1200 - -
1 (std.) 1.000 0.75 1.38 2.38 6.81
2.00 2.50 700 1000 700 -
2 1.375 1.00 1.63 2.63 7.06
3.25 800 600 800 -
1 (std.) 1.000 0.75 1.38 2.38 6.93
4.00 1000 700 1000 -
2.50 2 1.750 1.25 1.88 2.88 7.43
5.00 850 800 850 450
3 1.375 1.00 1.63 2.63 7.18
6.00 650 400 650 400
1 (std.) 1.375 0.88 1.63 2.75 8.06
3
Maximum Pressure Rating – Push Application.
3.25 2 2.000 1.25 2.00 3.13 8.43
3 1.750 1.13 1.88 3.00 8.31
1 (std.) 1.750 1.00 1.88 3.00 8.56
4.00 2 2.500 1.38 2.25 3.38 8.94
3 2.000 1.13 2.00 3.13 8.68
1 (std.) 2.000 1.13 2.00 3.13 9.44
2 3.500 1.38 2.25 3.38 9.69
5.00
3 2.500 1.38 2.25 3.38 9.69
4 3.000 1.38 2.25 3.38 9.69
1 (std.) 2.500 1.25 2.25 3.50 10.93
2 4.000 1.25 2.25 3.50 10.93
6.00
3 3.000 1.25 2.25 3.50 10.93
4 3.500 1.25 2.25 3.50 10.93

11 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View ZB + STROKE
Head Square Flange Mounting TF
Table of Y
R P + STROKE
Contents Style JB (Model 65) 1 W LB + STROKE
(NFPA Style MF5)
EE

TF R 4 2 ØMM

J K

3
E SQ. F G
ØFB (X8)
UF SQ. WF
1.50"- 6.00" Bore

Style JB (Model 65) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B

Bore E EE F FB G J K R TF UF Add Stroke

Ø Ø Max.
NPTF 1
SAE 2
LB P
1.50 2.50 1/2 10† 0.38 0.44 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.63 3.44 4.25 5.00 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.05 4.13 5.13 5.25 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.55 4.63 5.63 5.38 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 0.75 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.25 5.88 7.13 6.25 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 0.88 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.82 6.38 7.63 6.63 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 0.88 0.94 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 8.19 9.75 7.13 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 1.00 1.06 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 9.44 11.25 8.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.
Style JB (Model 65) –
Style JB (Model 65) – Dimensional and Mounting Data Maximum Operating Pressure
Bore Rod MM W WF Y Add Stroke Bore Maximum psi Push3
Ø No. Rod Ø
ZB Max. Rod Code
Ø
1 2 3 4
1 (std.) 0.625 0.63 1.00 2.00 6.29
1.50 1.50 3000 3000 - -
2 1.000 1.00 1.38 2.38 6.67
2.00 3000 3000 - -
1 (std.) 1.000 0.75 1.38 2.38 6.81
2.00 2.50 3000 3000 3000 -
2 1.375 1.00 1.63 2.63 7.06
3.25 3000 3000 3000 -
1 (std.) 1.000 0.75 1.38 2.38 6.93
4.00 3000 3000 3000 -
2.50 2 1.750 1.25 1.88 2.88 7.43
5.00 2500 2300 2500 1800
3 1.375 1.00 1.63 2.63 7.18
6.00 2000 1600 2000 1600
1 (std.) 1.375 0.88 1.63 2.75 8.06 3
Maximum Pressure Rating – Push Application.
3.25 2 2.000 1.25 2.00 3.13 8.43
3 1.750 1.13 1.88 3.00 8.31
1 (std.) 1.750 1.00 1.88 3.00 8.56
4.00 2 2.500 1.38 2.25 3.38 8.94
3 2.000 1.13 2.00 3.13 8.68
1 (std.) 2.000 1.13 2.00 3.13 9.44
2 3.500 1.38 2.25 3.38 9.69
5.00
3 2.500 1.38 2.25 3.38 9.69
4 3.000 1.38 2.25 3.38 9.69
1 (std.) 2.500 1.25 2.25 3.50 10.93
2 4.000 1.25 2.25 3.50 10.93
6.00
3 3.000 1.25 2.25 3.50 10.93
4 3.500 1.25 2.25 3.50 10.93

12 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Head Rectangular Mounting ZB + STROKE
Contents Style JJ (Model 67) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style ME5) UF WF LG + STROKE
1 KB EE

ER4 2 ØRD ØMM ØB

3 V
E ØFB (X4) RT J K
TF G

1.50"- 6.00" Bore

Style JJ (Model 67) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B
Bore E EE FB G J K R TF UF Add Stroke
Ø Ø Max.
NPTF1 SAE2 LG P
1.50 2.50 1/2 10 †
0.44 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.63 3.44 4.25 4.63 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.05 4.13 5.13 4.63 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.55 4.63 5.63 4.75 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.25 5.88 7.13 5.50 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.82 6.38 7.63 5.75 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 0.94 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 8.19 9.75 6.25 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 1.06 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 9.44 11.25 7.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.

Style JJ (Model 67) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM BØ KB RD RT V WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod +.000 Ø
Ø -.002 ZB Max

1 (std.) 0.625 1.124 0.03 1.94 0.36 0.27 1.00 2.00 6.29
1.50
2 1.000 1.499 0.03 2.38 0.36 0.52 1.38 2.38 6.67
1 (std.) 1.000 1.499 0.03 2.38 0.36 0.52 1.38 2.38 6.81
2.00
2 1.375 1.999 0.19 2.87 0.36 0.64 1.63 2.63 7.06
1 (std.) 1.000 1.499 0.03 2.38 0.36 0.52 1.38 2.38 6.93
2.50 2 1.750 2.374 0.03 3.47 0.60 0.53 1.88 2.88 7.43
3 1.375 1.999 0.19 2.87 0.36 0.64 1.63 2.63 7.18
1 (std.) 1.375 1.999 0.19 2.87 0.36 0.64 1.63 2.75 8.06
3.25 2 2.000 2.624 0.13 3.72 0.60 0.53 2.00 3.13 8.43
3 1.750 2.374 0.03 3.47 0.60 0.53 1.88 3.00 8.31
1 (std.) 1.750 2.374 0.03 3.47 0.60 0.53 1.88 3.00 8.56
4.00 2 2.500 3.124 0.25 4.25 0.60 0.65 2.25 3.38 8.94
3 2.000 2.624 0.13 3.72 0.60 0.53 2.00 3.13 8.68
1 (std.) 2.000 2.624 0.13 3.72 0.60 0.53 2.00 3.13 9.44
2 3.500 4.249 - 5.76 0.91 0.34 2.25 3.38 9.69
5.00
3 2.500 3.124 0.25 4.25 0.60 0.65 2.25 3.38 9.69
4 3.000 3.749 - 5.26 0.85 0.41 2.25 3.38 9.69
1 (std.) 2.500 3.124 0.25 4.25 0.60 0.65 2.25 3.50 10.93
2 4.000 4.749 - 6.31 0.91 0.34 2.25 3.50 10.93
6.00
3 3.000 3.749 - 5.26 0.85 0.41 2.25 3.50 10.93
4 3.500 4.249 - 5.76 0.91 0.34 2.25 3.50 10.93

13 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Rectangular Flange Mounting ZF + STROKE
Contents Style H (Model 62) XF + STROKE
(NFPA Style MF2) Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE UF
EE 1

ØMM 2 4R E

K 3
J F E ØFB
G
(X4)
1.50"- 6.00" Bore

TF
Style H (Model 62) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
HV Series
B

Bore E EE F FB G J K R TF UF Add Stroke

Ø NPTF1 SAE2 Ø Max. LG P
1.50 2.50 1/2 10†
0.38 0.44 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.63 3.44 4.25 4.63 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.05 4.13 5.13 4.63 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.55 4.63 5.63 4.75 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 0.75 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.25 5.88 7.13 5.50 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 0.88 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.82 6.38 7.63 5.75 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 0.88 0.94 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 8.19 9.75 6.25 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 1.00 1.06 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 9.44 11.25 7.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.
Style H (Model 62) –
Style H (Model 62) – Dimensional and Mounting Data Maximum Operating Pressure
Bore Rod MM WF Y Add Stroke Bore Maximum psi Pull3
Ø No. Rod Ø XF ZF Ø Rod Code
1 (std.) 0.625 1.00 2.00 5.63 6.00 1 2 3 4
1.50 1.50 2500 3000 - -
2 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.00 6.38
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.00 6.63 2.00 3000 3000 - -
2.00 2.50 3000 3000 3000 -
2 1.375 1.63 2.63 6.25 6.88
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.13 6.75 3.25 3000 3000 3000 -
2.50 2 1.750 1.88 2.88 6.63 7.25 4.00 3000 3000 3000 -
3 1.375 1.63 2.63 6.38 7.00 5.00 2000 3000 2000 2500
1 (std.) 1.375 1.63 2.75 7.13 7.88 6.00 1800 2500 2000 2000
3.25 2 2.000 2.00 3.13 7.50 8.25 3
Maximum pressure rating — pull application.
3 1.750 1.88 3.00 7.38 8.13
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 3.00 7.63 8.50
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.38 8.00 8.88
3 2.000 2.00 3.13 7.75 8.63
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 3.13 8.25 9.13
2 3.500 2.25 3.38 8.50 9.38
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.38 8.50 9.38
4 3.000 2.25 3.38 8.50 9.38
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.50 9.63 10.63
2 4.000 2.25 3.50 9.63 10.63
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.50 9.63 10.63
4 3.500 2.25 3.50 9.63 10.63

14 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Square Flange Mounting
Contents Style HB (Model 66) ZF + STROKE TF
XF + STROKE R
(NFPA Style MF6) Y P + STROKE 1
WF LG + STROKE
EE

ØMM 2 4 R TF

K
G
3
J F E SQ.
ØFB (X8)

1.50"- 6.00" Bore

UF SQ.
Style HB (Model 66) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B
Bore E EE F FB G J K R TF UF Add Stroke
Ø NPTF1 SAE2 Ø Max. LG P
1.50 2.50 1/2 10† 0.38 0.44 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.63 3.44 4.25 4.63 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.05 4.13 5.13 4.63 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.55 4.63 5.63 4.75 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 0.75 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.25 5.88 7.13 5.50 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 0.88 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.82 6.38 7.63 5.75 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 0.88 0.94 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 8.19 9.75 6.25 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 1.00 1.06 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 9.44 11.25 7.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.

Style HB (Model 66) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Ø
XF ZF
1 (std.) 0.625 1.00 2.00 5.63 6.00
1.50
2 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.00 6.38
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.00 6.63
2.00
2 1.375 1.63 2.63 6.25 6.88
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.13 6.75
2.50 2 1.750 1.88 2.88 6.63 7.25
3 1.375 1.63 2.63 6.38 7.00
1 (std.) 1.375 1.63 2.75 7.13 7.88
3.25 2 2.000 2.00 3.13 7.50 8.25
3 1.750 1.88 3.00 7.38 8.13
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 3.00 7.63 8.50
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.38 8.00 8.88
3 2.000 2.00 3.13 7.75 8.63
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 3.13 8.25 9.13
2 3.500 2.25 3.38 8.50 9.38
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.38 8.50 9.38
4 3.000 2.25 3.38 8.50 9.38
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.50 9.63 10.63
2 4.000 2.25 3.50 9.63 10.63
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.50 9.63 10.63
4 3.500 2.25 3.50 9.63 10.63

15 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View Cap Rectangular Flange Mounting
Table of Style HH (Model 68) XF + STROKE
Contents Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style ME6) WF LG + STROKE
EE UF
1

ØMM 2 4R E

K 3
G J E Ø FB
(X4)
TF
1.50"- 6.00" Bore

Style HH (Model 68) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B

Bore E EE FB G J K R TF UF Add Stroke

Ø NPTF1 SAE2 Ø Max. LG P
1.50 2.50 1/2 10† 0.44 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.63 3.44 4.25 4.63 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.05 4.13 5.13 4.63 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.57 2.55 4.63 5.63 4.75 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.25 5.88 7.13 5.50 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.68 3.82 6.38 7.63 5.75 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 0.94 2.00 1.75 0.94 4.95 8.19 9.75 6.25 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 1.06 2.25 2.25 1.05 5.73 9.44 11.25 7.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.

Style HH (Model 68) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Ø
XF
1 (std.) 0.625 1.00 2.00 5.63
1.50
2 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.00
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.00
2.00
2 1.375 1.63 2.63 6.25
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.13
2.50 2 1.750 1.88 2.88 6.63
3 1.375 1.63 2.63 6.38
1 (std.) 1.375 1.63 2.75 7.13
3.25 2 2.000 2.00 3.13 7.50
3 1.750 1.88 3.00 7.38
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 3.00 7.63
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.38 8.00
3 2.000 2.00 3.13 7.75
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 3.13 8.25
2 3.500 2.25 3.38 8.50
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.38 8.50
4 3.000 2.25 3.38 8.50
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.50 9.63
2 4.000 2.25 3.50 9.63
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.50 9.63
4 3.500 2.25 3.50 9.63

16 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Side Lug Mounting
Contents Style C (Model 72) ZB + STROKE
Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MS2) WF LG + STROKE
US EE
1

4 2 ØMM
E -.005
2 -.010 ST

3 Ø SB (X4) K
E SQ. SW G J K
SW
SW SU SU SW
SW TS SW XS SS + STROKE

1.50"- 6.00" Bore

Style C (Model 72) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B
Bore E EE G J K SB3 ST SU SW TS US Add Stroke
Ø Max. Ø
NPTF1 SAE2 LG P SS
1.50 2.50 1/2 10†
1.75 1.50 0.42 0.44 0.50 0.94 0.38 3.25 4.00 4.63 2.88 3.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 0.56 0.75 1.25 0.50 4.00 5.00 4.63 2.88 3.63
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 0.81 1.00 1.56 0.69 4.88 6.25 4.75 3.00 3.38
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 0.81 1.00 1.56 0.69 5.88 7.25 5.50 3.50 4.13
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.06 1.25 2.00 0.88 6.75 8.50 5.75 3.75 4.00
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 1.06 1.25 2.00 0.88 8.25 10.00 6.25 4.25 4.50
6.00 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 1.31 1.50 2.50 1.13 9.75 12.00 7.38 4.88 5.13
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
3
Upper surface spot faced for socket head screws.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.

Style C (Model 72) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM WF XS Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Ø
ZB Max.
1 (std.) 0.625 1.00 1.38 2.00 6.29
1.50
2 1.000 1.38 1.75 2.38 6.67
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 1.88 2.38 6.81
2.00
2 1.375 1.63 2.13 2.63 7.06
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.06 2.38 6.93
2.50 2 1.750 1.88 2.56 2.88 7.43
3 1.375 1.63 2.31 2.63 7.18
1 (std.) 1.375 1.63 2.31 2.75 8.06
3.25 2 2.000 2.00 2.69 3.13 8.43
3 1.750 1.88 2.56 3.00 8.31
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 2.75 3.00 8.56
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.13 3.38 8.94
3 2.000 2.00 2.88 3.13 8.68
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 2.88 3.13 9.44
2 3.500 2.25 3.13 3.38 9.69
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.13 3.38 9.69
4 3.000 2.25 3.13 3.38 9.69
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.38 3.50 10.93
2 4.000 2.25 3.38 3.50 10.93
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.38 3.50 10.93
4 3.500 2.25 3.38 3.50 10.93

17 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Side Tapped Mounting
ZB + STROKE
Contents Style F (Model 74) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MS4) WF LG + STROKE
EE
1

E 4 2 ØMM
SQ
E -.005
2 -.010

3
TN G J K
NT THREAD,
XT SN + STROKE
1.50"- 6.00" Bore

ND DEEP (X4)
HV Series

Style F (Model 74) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

B

Bore E EE G J K ND NT TN Add Stroke

Ø NPTF1 SAE2 Max. LG P SN

1.50 2.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.42 0.38 3/8-16 0.75 4.63 2.88 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 0.44 1/2-13 0.94 4.63 2.88 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 0.50 5/8-11 1.31 4.75 3.00 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 0.69 3/4-10 1.50 5.50 3.50 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 0.69 1-8 2.06 5.75 3.75 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 1.00 1-8 2.94 6.25 4.25 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 1.25 1 1/4 -7 3.31 7.38 4.88 5.13
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.

Style F (Model 74) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM WF XT Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Ø ZB Max.
1 (std.) 0.625 1.00 2.00 2.00 6.29
1.50
2 1.000 1.38 2.38 2.38 6.67
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 2.38 6.81
2.00
2 1.375 1.63 2.63 2.63 7.06
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 2.38 6.93
2.50 2 1.750 1.88 2.88 2.88 7.43
3 1.375 1.63 2.63 2.63 7.18
1 (std.) 1.375 1.63 2.75 2.75 8.06
3.25 2 2.000 2.00 3.13 3.13 8.43
3 1.750 1.88 3.00 3.00 8.31
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 3.00 3.00 8.56
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.38 3.38 8.94
3 2.000 2.00 3.13 3.13 8.68
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 3.13 3.13 9.44
2 3.500 2.25 3.38 3.38 9.69
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.38 3.38 9.69
4 3.000 2.25 3.38 3.38 9.69
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.50 3.50 10.93
2 4.000 2.25 3.50 3.50 10.93
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.50 3.50 10.93
4 3.500 2.25 3.50 3.50 10.93

18 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Fixed Clevis Mounting ZC + STROKE
Contents Style BB (Model 84) XC + STROKE
(NFPA Style MP1) Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE
EE ØCD
1
PIVOT
PIN

ØMM 2 E
4 SQ

MR
LR
K 3
G J L CW CB CW

1.50"- 6.00" Bore

Style BB (Model 84) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B
Bore E EE CB CD3 Ø CW G J K L LR MR Add Stroke
Ø NPTF 1
SAE 2 +.000 Max. LG P
-.002

1.50 2.50 1/2 10† 0.75 .501 0.50 1.75 1.50 0.42 0.75 0.56 0.63 4.63 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 1.25 .751 0.63 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.25 1.00 0.94 4.63 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 1.25 .751 0.63 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.25 0.94 0.94 4.75 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 1.50 1.001 0.75 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.50 1.25 1.19 5.50 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.376 1.00 2.00 1.75 0.68 2.13 1.75 1.63 5.75 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 2.50 1.751 1.25 2.00 1.75 0.94 2.25 2.06 2.13 6.25 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 2.50 2.001 1.25 2.25 2.25 1.05 2.50 2.31 2.38 7.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
3
Diameter CD is Pin Diameter.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.

Style BB (Model 84) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Ø XC ZC
1 (std.) 0.625 1.00 2.00 6.38 6.88
1.50
2 1.000 1.38 2.38 6.75 7.25
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 7.25 8.00
2.00
2 1.375 1.63 2.63 7.50 8.25
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 7.38 8.13
2.50 2 1.750 1.88 2.88 7.88 8.63
3 1.375 1.63 2.63 7.63 8.38
1 (std.) 1.375 1.63 2.75 8.63 9.63
3.25 2 2.000 2.00 3.13 9.00 10.00
3 1.750 1.88 3.00 8.88 9.88
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 3.00 9.75 11.13
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.38 10.13 11.50
3 2.000 2.00 3.13 9.88 11.25
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 3.13 10.50 12.25
2 3.500 2.25 3.38 10.75 12.50
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.38 10.75 12.50
4 3.000 2.25 3.38 10.75 12.50
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.50 12.13 14.13
2 4.000 2.25 3.50 12.13 14.13
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.50 12.13 14.13
4 3.500 2.25 3.50 12.13 14.13

19 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Head Trunnion Mounting ZB + STROKE
Contents Style D (Model 81) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MT1) WF LG + STROKE
UT EE
1

.125R MAX.

E
SQ.ØTD 4 2 ØMM

3
TL TL G J K
XG
1.50"- 6.00" Bore
HV Series

Style D (Model 81) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

B

Bore E EE G J K TD Ø TL UT Add Stroke

Ø NPTF1 SAE2 Max. +.000 LG P
-.001
1.50 2.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.000 1.00 4.50 4.63 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.375 1.38 5.75 4.63 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.375 1.38 6.25 4.75 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.750 1.75 8.00 5.50 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.750 1.75 8.50 5.75 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 1.750 1.75 10.00 6.25 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 2.000 2.00 11.50 7.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.

Style D (Model 81) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM WF XG Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Ø ZB Max.
1 (std.) 0.625 1.00 1.88 2.00 6.29
1.50
2 1.000 1.38 2.25 2.38 6.67
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.25 2.38 6.81
2.00
2 1.375 1.63 2.50 2.63 7.06
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.25 2.38 6.93
2.50 2 1.750 1.88 2.75 2.88 7.43
3 1.375 1.63 2.50 2.63 7.18
1 (std.) 1.375 1.63 2.63 2.75 8.06
3.25 2 2.000 2.00 3.00 3.13 8.43
3 1.750 1.88 2.88 3.00 8.31
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 2.88 3.00 8.56
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.25 3.38 8.94
3 2.000 2.00 3.00 3.13 8.68
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 3.00 3.13 9.44
2 3.500 2.25 3.25 3.38 9.69
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.25 3.38 9.69
4 3.000 2.25 3.25 3.38 9.69
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.38 3.50 10.93
2 4.000 2.25 3.38 3.50 10.93
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.38 3.50 10.93
4 3.500 2.25 3.38 3.50 10.93

20 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Trunnion Mounting
XJ + STROKE
Contents Style DB (Model 82) ZB + STROKE
(NFPA Style MT2) Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE
UT EE
1
.125R MAX.

E4 2 ØTD ØMM
SQ.

3
TL TL G J K

1.50"- 6.00" Bore

HV Series
Style DB (Model 82) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

B
Bore E EE G J K TD Ø TL UT Add Stroke
Ø NPTF1 SAE2 Max. +.000 LG P
-.001
1.50 2.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.000 1.00 4.50 4.63 2.88
2.00 3.00 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.375 1.38 5.75 4.63 2.88
2.50 3.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.375 1.38 6.25 4.75 3.00
3.25 4.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.750 1.75 8.00 5.50 3.50
4.00 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.750 1.75 8.50 5.75 3.75
5.00 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 1.750 1.75 10.00 6.25 4.25
6.00 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 2.000 2.00 11.50 7.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.

Style DB (Model 82) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Ø XJ ZB Max.
1 (std.) 0.625 1.00 2.00 4.88 6.29
1.50
2 1.000 1.38 2.38 5.25 6.67
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 5.25 6.81
2.00
2 1.375 1.63 2.63 5.50 7.06
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 5.38 6.93
2.50 2 1.750 1.88 2.88 5.88 7.43
3 1.375 1.63 2.63 5.63 7.18
1 (std.) 1.375 1.63 2.75 6.25 8.06
3.25 2 2.000 2.00 3.13 6.63 8.43
3 1.750 1.88 3.00 6.50 8.31
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 3.00 6.75 8.56
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.38 7.13 8.94
3 2.000 2.00 3.13 6.88 8.68
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 3.13 7.38 9.44
2 3.500 2.25 3.38 7.63 9.69
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.38 7.63 9.69
4 3.000 2.25 3.38 7.63 9.69
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.50 8.38 10.93
2 4.000 2.25 3.50 8.38 10.93
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.50 8.38 10.93
4 3.500 2.25 3.50 8.38 10.93

21 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Intermediate Fixed Trunnion Mounting ZB + STROKE
Contents Style DD (Model 89) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MT4) WF LG + STROKE
UM EE
1 BD

.125R MAX.

UW ØTD 4 2 ØMM

G J K
3 XI 3
1.50"- 6.00" Bore

E SQ.
TL TM TL
HV Series
B

Style DD (Model 89) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore BD E EE G J K TD Ø TL TM UM UW Add Stroke
Ø NPTF 1
SAE 2 Max. +.000 LG P
-.001
1.50 1.25 2.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.000 1.00 3.00 5.00 3.38 4.63 2.88
2.00 1.50 3.00 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.375 1.38 3.50 6.25 4.13 4.63 2.88
2.50 1.50 3.50 1/2 10† 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.375 1.38 4.00 6.75 4.63 4.75 3.00
3.25 2.00 4.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.750 1.75 5.00 8.50 5.81 5.50 3.50
4.00 2.00 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.750 1.75 5.50 9.00 6.38 5.75 3.75
5.00 2.00 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 1.750 1.75 7.00 10.50 7.75 6.25 4.25
6.00 3.00 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 2.000 2.00 8.50 12.50 10.38 7.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
†
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.
Style DD (Model 89) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore Rod MM WF Y Minimum XI3 Style Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Styles Style DD Maximum XI4 ZB
Ø 4, 8 & 9 55 Min. Max
Stroke Styles Style
4, 8 & 9 55
1 (std.) 0.625 1.00 2.00 3.44 4.19 0 3.44 4.19 6.29
1.50
2 1.000 1.38 2.38 3.81 4.81 0 3.81 4.81 6.67
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 3.94 4.94 0.25 3.69 4.69 6.81
2.00
2 1.375 1.63 2.63 4.19 5.31 0.25 3.94 5.06 7.06
1 (std.) 1.000 1.38 2.38 3.94 4.94 0.13 3.81 4.81 6.93
2.50 2 1.750 1.88 2.88 4.44 5.69 0.13 4.31 5.56 7.43
3 1.375 1.63 2.63 4.19 5.31 0.13 4.06 5.19 7.18
1 (std.) 1.375 1.63 2.75 4.69 5.81 0.38 4.31 5.44 8.06
3.25 2 2.000 2.00 3.13 5.06 6.81 0.38 4.69 6.44 8.43
3 1.750 1.88 3.00 4.94 6.19 0.38 4.56 5.81 8.31
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 3.00 4.94 6.19 0.13 4.81 6.06 8.56
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.38 5.31 7.56 0.13 5.19 7.44 8.94
3 2.000 2.00 3.13 5.06 6.81 0.13 4.94 6.69 8.68
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 3.13 5.06 6.81 0 5.44 7.19 9.44
2 3.500 2.25 3.38 5.31 8.69 0 5.69 9.06 9.69
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.38 5.31 7.56 0 5.69 7.94 9.69
4 3.000 2.25 3.38 5.31 7.94 0 5.69 8.31 9.69
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.50 6.06 8.31 0.25 5.81 8.06 10.93
2 4.000 2.25 3.50 6.06 9.56 0.25 5.81 9.31 10.93
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.50 6.06 8.69 0.25 5.81 8.44 10.93
4 3.500 2.25 3.50 6.06 9.44 0.25 5.81 9.19 10.93
3
Dimension XI to be specified by customer. Reference point for rod end Style 55 is end of piston rod.
4
Dimensions shown are valid for standard WF and WG dimension.

22 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Heavy Duty Intermediate Fixed Trunnion Mounting
Contents Style DE (Model 87) ZB + STROKE
(NFPA Style MT4) Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE
UM EE
1 BD
.125R MAX.

UW ØTD 4 2 ØMM

3 G J K
E SQ. XI3
TL TM TL

1.50"- 6.00" Bore

HV Series
B
Style DE (Model 87) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore BD E EE G J K TD Ø TL TM UM UW Add Stroke
Ø NPTF1 SAE2 Max. +.000 LG P
-.001
4.00 2.25 5.00 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.68 2.000 1.75 5.50 9.00 6.00 5.75 3.75
5.00 2.75 6.50 3/4 12 2.00 1.75 0.94 2.500 1.75 7.00 10.50 7.50 6.25 4.25
6.00 3.25 7.50 1 16 2.25 2.25 1.05 3.000 2.00 8.50 12.50 9.50 7.38 4.88
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Style DE (Model 87) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM WF Y Minimum XI3 Style DE Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Styles Style Minimum Maximum XI4 ZB
Ø Stroke
4, 8 & 9 55 Styles Style Max.
4, 8 & 9 55
1 (std.) 1.750 1.88 3.00 5.06 6.31 0.38 4.69 5.94 8.56
4.00 2 2.500 2.25 3.38 5.44 7.69 0.38 5.06 7.31 8.94
3 2.000 2.00 3.13 5.19 6.94 0.38 4.81 6.56 8.68
1 (std.) 2.000 2.00 3.13 5.44 7.19 0.38 5.06 6.81 9.44
2 3.500 2.25 3.38 5.69 9.06 0.38 5.31 8.69 9.69
5.00
3 2.500 2.25 3.38 5.69 7.94 0.38 5.31 7.56 9.69
4 3.000 2.25 3.38 5.69 8.31 0.38 5.31 7.94 9.69
1 (std.) 2.500 2.25 3.50 6.19 8.44 0.50 5.69 7.94 10.93
2 4.000 2.25 3.50 6.19 9.69 0.50 5.69 9.19 10.93
6.00
3 3.000 2.25 3.50 6.19 8.81 0.50 5.69 8.31 10.93
4 3.500 2.25 3.50 6.19 9.56 0.50 5.69 9.06 10.93
3
Dimension XI to be specified by customer. Reference point for rod end Style 55 is end of piston rod.
4
Dimensions shown are valid for standard WF and WG dimension.

23 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Spherical Bearing Mounting ZC + STROKE
Table of XC + STROKE MA
Contents Style SB (Model 94) Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE LUBRICATION
EE FITTING
A 1

ØMM 2 4 E
KK SQ

MS
CD
K J NR 3
G EX
Style SB (Model 94) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
1.50"- 6.00" Bore

Bore A CD1 Ø E EE EX G J K MA MS NR Add Stroke Maximum

HV Series

Ø +0.0000 NPTF4 SAE5 Max. LG P Operating

B

-0.0005 psi2

1.50 0.75 0.5000 2.50 1/2 10† 0.44 1.75 1.50 0.42 0.75 0.94 0.63 4.63 2.88 1500
2.00 1.13 0.7500 3.00 1/2 10† 0.66 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.00 1.38 1.00 4.63 2.88 2200
2.50 1.13 0.7500 3.50 1/2 10† 0.66 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.00 1.38 1.00 4.75 3.00 1450
3.25 1.63 1.0000 4.50 3/4 12 0.88 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.25 1.69 1.25 5.50 3.50 1500
4.00 2.00 1.3750 5.00 3/4 12 1.19 2.00 1.75 0.68 1.88 2.44 1.63 5.75 3.75 1850
5.00 2.25 1.7500 6.50 3/4 12 1.53 2.00 1.75 0.94 2.50 2.88 2.06 6.25 4.25 2000
6.00 3.00 2.0000 7.50 1 16 1.75 2.25 2.25 1.053 2.50 3.31 2.38 7.38 4.88 1800
1
Diameter CD is hole diameter. 4
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Maximum operating pressure at 4:1 design factor 5
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
is based on tensile strength of material. †
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.
Pressure ratings are based on standard bearing ratings.
Style SB (Model 94) – Recommended
3
6.00" bore is constructed with tie rod nuts on both ends.
maximum swivel angle on each side
Style SB (Model 94) – Dimensional and Mounting Data of the cylinder centerline.
Bore Rod MM Thread WF Y Add Stroke Bore Head End Mounted Cap End Mounted
Ø No. Rod Ø Style 9 Style 7 XC XL ZC Ø Angle a Tan. of a Angle a Tan. of a
KK6 KK6 1.50 2.00° .035 2.00° .035
1 (std.) 0.625 7/16-20 — 1.00 2.00 6.38 7.25 7.13 2.00 2.50° .044 4.50° .079
1.50 2.50 2.50° .044 4.50° .079
2 1.000 — 7/16-20 1.38 2.38 6.75 7.63 7.50
3.25 3.00° .052 3.00° .052
1 (std.) 1.000 3/4-16 — 1.38 2.38 7.25 8.50 8.25
2.00 4.00 2.50° .044 3.00° .052
2 1.375 — 3/4-16 1.63 2.63 7.50 8.75 8.50 5.00 3.00° .052 3.00° .052
1 (std.) 1.000 3/4-16 — 1.38 2.38 7.38 8.63 8.38 6.00 3.00° .052 3.00° .052
2.50 2 1.750 — 3/4-16 1.88 2.88 7.88 9.13 8.88 Note: Dimension X is the maximum off center mounting of the
3 1.375 — 3/4-16 1.63 2.63 7.63 8.88 8.63 cylinder. To determine dimension X for various stroke lengths
multiply the distance between pivot pin holes by tangent of
1 (std.) 1.375 1-14 — 1.63 2.75 8.63 10.50 9.88 angle a. For extended position use X = XL + 2X stroke.
3.25 2 2.000 — 1-14 2.00 3.13 9.00 10.88 10.25 Mounting Information
3 1.750 — 1-14 1.88 3.00 8.88 10.75 10.13 Head End Mounting
1 (std.) 1.750 1 1/4-12 — 1.88 3.00 9.75 11.88 11.63
4.00 2 2.500 — 1 1/4-12 2.25 3.38 10.13 12.25 12.00 X a
3 2.000 — 1 1/4-12 2.00 3.13 9.88 12.00 11.75 X a
1 (std.) 2.000 1 1/2-12 — 2.00 3.13 10.50 13.00 13.00
2 3.500 — 1 1/2-12 2.25 3.38 10.75 13.25 13.25 XL + STROKE
5.00
3 2.500 — 1 1/2-12 2.25 3.38 10.75 13.25 13.25 Cap End Mounting
4 3.000 — 1 1/2-12 2.25 3.38 10.75 13.25 13.25
1 (std.) 2.500 1 7/8-12 — 2.25 3.50 12.13 14.88 14.63 a X
2 4.000 — 1 7/8-12 2.25 3.50 12.13 14.88 14.63 a X
6.00
3 3.000 — 1 7/8-12 2.25 3.50 12.13 14.88 14.63
4 3.500 — 1 7/8-12 2.25 3.50 12.13 14.88 14.63 XL + STROKE
6
Style 9 and Style 7 threads listed are for a spherical rod eye (sold separately) with pin diameter that matches the cap pin.

24 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View ZC + STROKE
Table of
Spherical Bearing Mounting XC + STROKE MA
Contents Style SE (Model 96) Y P + STROKE LUBRICATION
WF LG + STROKE FITTING
EE
A 1

ØMM 2 4 E
SQ
CC
MS
K J NR 3
G CD EX
Style SE (Model 96) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

1.50"- 6.00" Bore

Bore A CD1 Ø E EE EX G J K MA MS NR Add Stroke

HV Series
Ø +0.0000 NPTF3 SAE4 Max. LG P

B
-0.0005

1.50 0.75 0.7500 2.50 1/2 10† 0.66 1.75 1.50 0.42 1.00 1.00 0.75 4.63 2.88
2.00 1.13 1.0000 3.00 1/2 10† 0.88 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.25 1.25 1.00 4.63 2.88
2.50 1.13 1.2500 3.50 1/2 10† 1.09 1.75 1.50 0.57 1.50 1.50 1.31 4.75 3.00
3.25 1.63 1.5000 4.50 3/4 12 1.31 2.00 1.75 0.68 2.00 2.00 1.75 5.50 3.50
4.00 2.00 2.0000 5.00 3/4 12 1.75 2.00 1.75 0.68 2.25 2.25 2.13 5.75 3.75
5.00 2.25 2.5000 6.50 3/4 12 2.19 2.00 1.75 0.94 3.00 3.00 2.75 6.25 4.25
6.00 3.00 3.0000 7.50 1 16 2.63 2.25 2.25 1.05 3.50 3.50 3.13 7.38 4.88
1
Diameter CD is hole diameter. †
Previously number 8 SAE in 1.50 thru 2.50 bores now number 10 SAE.
2
6.00" bore is constructed with tie rod nuts on both ends.
3
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
4
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number. Style SE (Model 96) – Recommended
maximum swivel angle on each side
Style SE (Model 96) – Dimensional and Mounting Data of the cylinder centerline.
Bore Rod MM Thread A WF Y Add Stroke Bore Head End Mounted Cap End Mounted
Ø No. Rod Ø Style 8 XC XL ZC Ø Angle a Tan. of a Angle a Tan. of a
CC5 1.50 2.50° 0.044 3.00° 0.052
1 (std.) 0.625 1/2-20 0.75 1.00 2.00 6.88 9.01 7.88 2.00 3.00° 0.052 3.00° 0.052
1.50 2.50 3.00° 0.052 3.00° 0.052
2 1.000 5 5
1.38 2.38 7.25 9.38 8.25
3.25 3.00° 0.052 2.75° 0.048
1 (std.) 1.000 7/8-14 1.13 1.38 2.38 7.56 10.56 8.81 4.00 3.00° 0.052 3.00° 0.052
2.00
2 1.375 5 5
1.63 2.63 7.81 10.81 9.06 5.00 3.00° 0.052 3.00° 0.052
1 (std.) 1.000 7/8-14 1.13 1.38 2.38 7.75 10.75 9.25 6.00 3.00° 0.052 3.00° 0.052
2.50 2 1.750 5 5
1.88 2.88 8.25 11.25 9.75 Note: Dimension X is the maximum off center mounting of the
3 1.375 5 5
1.63 2.63 8.00 11.00 9.50 cylinder. To determine dimension X for various stroke lengths
multiply the distance between pivot pin holes by tangent of
1 (std.) 1.375 1 1/4-12 1.63 1.63 2.75 9.25 13.38 11.25 angle a. For extended position use X = XL + 2X stroke.
3.25 2 2.000 5 5
2.00 3.13 9.63 13.75 11.63 Mounting Information
3 1.750 5 5
1.88 3.00 9.50 13.63 11.50 Head End Mounting
1 (std.) 1.750 1 1/2-12 2.00 1.88 3.00 10.13 15.13 12.38
4.00 2 2.500 5 5
2.25 3.38 10.50 15.50 12.75 X a

3 2.000 5 5
2.00 3.13 10.25 15.25 12.50 X a

1 (std.) 2.000 1 3/4-12 2.25 2.00 3.13 11.50 17.25 14.50

2 3.500 5 5
2.25 3.38 11.75 17.50 14.75 XL + STROKE
5.00
3 2.500 5 5
2.25 3.38 11.75 17.50 14.75 Cap End Mounting
4 3.000 5 5
2.25 3.38 11.75 17.50 14.75
1 (std.) 2.500 2 1/4-12 3.00 2.25 3.50 13.38 20.38 16.88 a X
2 4.000 5 5
2.25 3.50 13.38 20.38 16.88 a X
6.00
3 3.000 5 5
2.25 3.50 13.38 20.38 16.88
4 3.500 5 5
2.25 3.50 13.38 20.38 16.88 XL + STROKE
5
To match pin diameter in rod eye and cap, when an oversize rod is required, specify rod end style ‘3’, ‘CC’ thread and ‘A’ thread length
for the standard rod diameter (Rod No. 1 for the bore), and ‘WF’ for the oversize rod. Order the rod eye and clevis bracket for the required
bore size from the tables on the Style SE Spherical Bearing Accessories page.

25 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Double Rod Cylinders / Bushing Retention HV Series 1.50" - 6.00" Bore
View
Table of Double Rod Cylinder Double Rod End Mounting Styles
Contents Style K
ZM + 2 x STROKE Mount­ Mounting Styles for Dimensions
Y P + STROKE ing Corresponding Shown on This
W LH + STROKE Styles Double Rod Models1 Page Supplement
EE for Load Connected Load Connected Dimensions on
Single To Rod On To Rod Opposite 1.50"-6.00" Bore
Rod Cylinder Cylinder Pages Listed
Models Mounting End Mounting End Below

ØMM
T KT KT 10
TB KTB KTC 10
‘V’ NOTCH TD KTD KTD 10
J KJ KH 11
K JB KJB KHB 12
G G JJ KJJ KHH 13
Rod End #1 Rod End #2 C KC KC 17
F KF KF 18
1.50"- 6.00" Bore

D KD KDB 20
HV Series

DD KDD2 KDD2 22
B

DE KDE2 KDE2 23
1
Connect load to piston rod without 'V' notch. If only one end of the
Double Rod Cylinder is to be cushioned, be sure to clearly specify
which end this will be.
2
Specify XI dimension for Styles DD & DE from #1 rod end (without
'V' notch).

How to Use Double Rod Cylinder Bore Rod MM Rod Add Stroke Add 2X Stroke
Dimension Drawings Ø No. Ø LH SNK SSK ZM
To determine dimensions for a double rod cylinder, 1 (std.) 0.625 4.88 2.88 4.13 6.88
1.50
first refer to the desired single rod mounting style 2 1.000 4.88 2.88 4.13 7.63
cylinder shown on preceding pages of this catalog. 1 (std.) 1.000 4.88 2.88 3.88 7.63
2.00
(See table above.) After selecting necessary 2 1.375 4.88 2.88 3.88 8.13
dimensions from that drawing, return to this page 1 (std.) 1.000 5.00 3.00 3.63 7.75
supplement the single rod dimensions with those 2.50 2 1.750 5.00 3.00 3.63 8.75
shown on drawing at right and dimension table below. 3 1.375 5.00 3.00 3.63 8.25
Note that double rod cylinders have a head (Dim. 1 (std.) 1.375 5.75 3.50 4.38 9.00
G) at both ends and that dimension LH replaces 3.25 2 2.000 5.75 3.50 4.38 9.75
LG. The double rod dimensions differ from, or are in 3 1.750 5.75 3.50 4.38 9.50
1 (std.) 1.750 6.00 3.75 4.25 9.75
addition to those for single rod cylinders shown on
4.00 2 2.500 6.00 3.75 4.25 10.50
preceding pages and provide the information needed 3 2.000 6.00 3.75 4.25 10.00
to completely dimension a double rod cylinder. 1 (std.) 2.000 6.50 4.25 4.75 10.50
On a double rod cylinder where the two rod ends 2 3.500 6.50 4.25 4.75 11.00
5.00
are different, be sure to clearly state which rod end 3 2.500 6.50 4.25 4.75 11.00
is to be assembled at which end. Port position 1 is 4 3.000 6.50 4.25 4.75 11.00
standard. If other than standard, specify pos. 2, 3 or 4 1 (std.) 2.500 7.38 4.88 5.13 11.88
when viewed from rod end #1 only. 2 4.000 7.38 4.88 5.13 11.88
6.00
3 3.000 7.38 4.88 5.13 11.88
4 3.500 7.38 4.88 5.13 11.88
Replaces LG SN SS –
On single rod All Mtg. All Mtg.
mounting styles: F C
Styles Styles

Series HV Bushing Retention3 Bore Rod MM Rod Mounting Style

B = Bolt -On Bushing with Circular Retainer Ø No. Ø TC, H, HB, HH, C, F, D, TB, J, JJ
R = Tie Rod Retained Bushing DB, DD, DE, BB, SB, SE TD JB
3
Bushing retention style may vary when thrust key 1 (Std.) 0.625 B R R B
1.50
retainer or bushing drain option is included. 2 1.000 R R R B
Contact factory for details. 1 (Std.) 1.000 B R R B
2.00
2 1.375 R R R B
Tie Rod Retained Bushing 1 (Std.) 1.000 B B B B
W
V
2.50 2 1.750 B B R B
3 1.375 B B B B
3.25 All All B B B B
4.00 All All B B B B
Ø MM
1 (Std.) 2.000 B B B B
2 3.500 B B R B
5.00
3 2.500 B B B B
4 3.000 B B B B
F 6.00 All All B B B B

26 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Rod Ends HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of
Rod End Dimensions
Contents Thread Style 4 (NFPA Style SM) Thread Style 8 (NFPA Style IM)
Small Male Intermediate Male
A WF A WF
RT RT
VF VF
KK CC

ØB Ø MM ØRD ØB Ø MM ØRD

NA NA
D WRENCH D WRENCH
FLATS FLATS

7.00" & 8.00" Bore

HV Series
Thread Style 92 (NFPA Style SF)

B
Small Female Thread Style 551
A
WF WG
RT RT
VF VF
.06R

KK
ØB Ø MM ØRD ØB ØAM Ø MM ØRD

D WRENCH NA
FLATS ØAF
AE
AD

Rod End Dimensions

Bore Rod MM Thread Rod Extensions and Pilot Dimensions
Ø No. Rod Style Style A BØ D NA VF RD RT WF
Ø 8 4&9 +.000 Ø
CC KK -.002
1 (std.) 3.000 2 3/4-12 2 1/4-12 3.50 3.749 2.63 2.88 0.40 5.26 0.85 2.25
2 5.000 4 3/4-12 3 1/2-12 5.00 5.749 -3 4.88 0.34 7.25 0.91 2.25
7.00 3 3.500 3 1/4-12 2 1/2-12 3.50 4.249 3.00 3.38 0.34 5.76 0.91 2.25
4 4.000 3 3/4-12 3-12 4.00 4.749 3.38 3.88 0.34 6.31 0.91 2.25
5 4.500 4 1/4-12 3 1/4-12 4.50 5.249 -3 4.38 0.34 6.94 0.91 2.25
1 (std.) 3.500 3 1/4-12 2 1/2-12 3.50 4.249 3.00 3.38 0.34 5.76 0.91 2.25
2 5.500 5 1/4-12 4-12 5.50 6.249 -3 5.38 0.34 7.94 0.91 2.25
8.00 3 4.000 3 3/4-12 3-12 4.00 4.749 3.38 3.88 0.34 6.31 0.91 2.25
4 4.500 4 1/4-12 3 1/4-12 4.50 5.249 -3 4.38 0.34 6.94 0.91 2.25
5 5.000 4 3/4-12 3 1/2-12 5.00 5.749 -3 4.88 0.34 7.25 0.91 2.25

“Special” Thread Style 3 Style 55 Rod End

Special thread, extension, rod eye, blank, etc., are also MM AD AE AF AM WG1
available. Rod +.001 Ø Ø
To order, specify “Style 3” and give desired dimensions for KK, Ø -.001
A, W or WF. If otherwise special, furnish dimensioned sketch. 3.000 2.44 0.874 2.25 2.95 4.88
3.500 2.69 0.999 2.50 3.45 5.63
1
For special WG dimension, specify “Style 3” and give desired 4.000 2.69 0.999 3.00 3.95 5.75
dimension for WG. For other changes, place “S” in the model code,
and describe rod end with dimensioned sketch. 4.500 3.19 1.499 3.50 4.45 6.50
2
Style 9 stroke restrictions may apply. See Style 9 Minimum Stroke 5.000 3.19 1.499 3.88 4.95 6.63
Table on How to Order page for details. 5.500 3.94 1.874 4.38 5.45 7.50
3
These piston rod numbers will have 4 spanner wrench holes instead
of wrench flats. See rod drawings on HV Large Bore Piston Rod
Ends page for dimensions.

27 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Tie Rods Extended Both Ends ZJ + STROKE
Contents Style TD (Model 51) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MX1) WF LG + STROKE
EE
DD
RR 1

4 2 ØMM

AA
3 BB G J K
R SQ. BB
E SQ.
7.00" & 8.00" Bore
HV Series

Basic Mounting (T) — NFPA MXO — Not shown is no tie rod extended and can be supplied upon request.
B

Style TD (Model 51) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM AA BB DD E EE G J K R RR WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod NPTF1 SAE2 Max. LG P ZJ
Ø

1 (std.) 3.000 9.31 4.13 1 1/8-12 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 2.00 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
2 5.000 9.31 4.13 1 1/8-12 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 2.00 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
7.00 3 3.500 9.31 4.13 1 1/8-12 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 2.00 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
4 4.000 9.31 4.13 1 1/8-12 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 2.00 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
5 4.500 9.31 4.13 1 1/8-12 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 2.00 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
1 (std.) 3.500 10.61 4.50 1 1/4-12 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 2.19 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
2 5.500 10.61 4.50 1 1/4-12 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 2.19 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
8.00 3 4.000 10.61 4.50 1 1/4-12 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 2.19 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
4 4.500 10.61 4.50 1 1/4-12 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 2.19 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
5 5.000 10.61 4.50 1 1/4-12 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 2.19 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Style TB (Model 53) Style TC (Model 52)

Dimensions for Style TB & TC may be obtained from the above dimensional table.

28 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Head Rectangular Flange Mounting
Contents Style J (Model 61) ZB + STROKE
Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MF1)
W LB + STROKE
UF EE
1

ER4 2 ØMM

3
E ØFB F G J K
TF (X4) WF
For pressures exceeding those shown use mounting styles JB or JJ.

7.00" & 8.00" Bore

Style J (Model 61) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B
Bore Rod MM E EE F FB G J K R TF UF W WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod NPTF1 SAE2 Ø Max. LB P ZB
Ø Max.
1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Style J (Model 61) –

Maximum Operating Pressure
Bore Max. psi Push3
Ø Rod Code
1 2 3 4 5
7.00 1000 400 800 400 400
8.00 800 400 700 400 400
3
Maximum pressure rating – push application.

29 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Head Square Flange Mounting TF ZB + STROKE
Contents Style JB (Model 65) R Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MF5) 1 W LB + STROKE
EE

TF R 4 2 ØMM

J K
3
E SQ. F G
7.00" & 8.00" Bore

ØFB (X8)
UF SQ. WF
HV Series
B

Style JB (Model 65) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM E EE F FB G J K R TF UF W WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod NPTF SAE1 2 Ø Max. LB P ZB
Ø Max.
1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 1.25 2.25 3.69 9.50 5.63 12.16
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 1.25 2.25 3.81 10.50 6.38 13.28
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Style JB (Model 65) – Maximum Operating Pressure

Bore Max. psi Push3
Ø Rod Code
1 2 3 4 5
7.00 2500 1500 2200 1500 1500
8.00 2000 1400 2000 1400 1400
3
Maximum pressure rating – push application.

30 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Head Rectangular Mounting
Contents Style JJ (Model 67) ZB + STROKE
(NFPA Style ME5) Y P + STROKE
UF WF LG + STROKE
1 EE

ER4 2 ØMM

3
E ØFB (X4) G J K
TF

7.00" & 8.00" Bore

HV Series
B
Style JJ (Model 67) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore Rod MM E EE FB G J K R TF UF WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Ø Max.
NPTF 1
SAE 2
LG P ZB
Ø
Max.
1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 12.16
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 12.16
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 12.16
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 12.16
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 12.16
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 13.28
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 13.28
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 13.28
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 13.28
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 13.28
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

31 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Rectangular Flange Mounting ZF + STROKE
Contents Style H (Model 62) XF + STROKE
(NFPA Style MF2) Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE UF
EE 1

ØMM 2 4R E

K 3
J F E ØFB
G
(X4)
7.00" & 8.00" Bore

TF
Style H (Model 62) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
HV Series
B

Bore Rod MM E EE F FB G J K R TF UF WF Y Add Stroke

Ø No. Rod Ø NPTF SAE1 2 Ø Max. LG P XF ZF

1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Style H (Model 62) – Maximum Operating Pressure

Bore Max. psi Pull3
Ø Rod Code
1 2 3 4 5
7.00 2000 3000 2000 2500 2800
8.00 1700 2500 1700 1800 2200
3
Maximum pressure rating – pull application.

32 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Cap Square Flange Mounting ZF + STROKE
Table of XF + STROKE TF
Contents Style HB (Model 66) Y P + STROKE R
1
(NFPA Style MF6) WF LG + STROKE
EE

ØMM 2 4 R TF

K
G
J F 3
E SQ.
UF SQ. ØFB (X8)
Style HB (Model 66) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

7.00" & 8.00" Bore

Bore Rod MM E EE F FB G J K R TF UF WF Y Add Stroke

HV Series
B
Ø No. Rod Ø NPTF1 SAE2 Ø Max. LG P XF ZF
1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.00 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75 11.75
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.00 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75 12.75
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Cap Rectangular Mounting XF + STROKE

Style HH (Model 68) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style ME6) WF LG + STROKE
EE UF
1

ØMM 2 4R E

K 3
G J E Ø FB
(X4)
Style HH (Model 68) – Dimensional and Mounting Data TF
Bore Rod MM E EE FB G J K R TF UF WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No Rod Ø NPTF1 SAE2 Ø Max. LG P XF
1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 1.19 2.75 2.75 1.16 6.58 10.63 12.63 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 10.75
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 1.31 3.00 3.00 1.28 7.50 11.81 14.00 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 11.75
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

33 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View ZB + STROKE
Table of Side Lug Mounting Y P + STROKE
Contents Style C (Model 72) WF LG + STROKE
US EE
(NFPA Style MS2) 1

4 2 ØMM
E -.005
2 -.010 ST

3 Ø SB (X4) K
G J K
SW E SQ. SW
SW TS SW SW SU SU SW
XS SS + STROKE
Style C (Model 72) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore Rod MM E EE G J K SB ST SU SW TS US WF XS Y Add Stroke
7.00" & 8.00" Bore

Ø No. Rod NPTF1 SAE2 Max. Ø LG P SS ZB

Ø
HV Series

Max.
B

1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 11.25 14.00 2.25 3.63 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.75 12.16
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 11.25 14.00 2.25 3.63 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.75 12.16
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 11.25 14.00 2.25 3.63 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.75 12.16
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 11.25 14.00 2.25 3.63 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.75 12.16
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 11.25 14.00 2.25 3.63 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.75 12.16
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 12.25 15.00 2.25 3.63 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.75 13.28
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 12.25 15.00 2.25 3.63 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.75 13.28
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 12.25 15.00 2.25 3.63 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.75 13.28
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 12.25 15.00 2.25 3.63 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.75 13.28
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.56 1.75 2.88 1.38 12.25 15.00 2.25 3.63 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.75 13.28
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Side Tapped Mounting ZB + STROKE

Y P + STROKE
Style F (Model 74) WF LG + STROKE
(NFPA Style MS4) EE
1

E 4 2 ØMM
SQ
E -.005
2 -.010

3 NT THREAD, G J K
TN ND DEEP (X4) XT SN + STROKE
Style F (Model 74) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore Rod MM E EE G J K ND NT TN WF XT Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod NPTF 1
SAE 2 Max. LG P SN ZB
Ø Max.
1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.13 1 1/2-6 3.75 2.25 3.81 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.88 12.16
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.13 1 1/2-6 3.75 2.25 3.81 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.88 12.16
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.13 1 1/2-6 3.75 2.25 3.81 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.88 12.16
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.13 1 1/2-6 3.75 2.25 3.81 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.88 12.16
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 1.13 1 1/2-6 3.75 2.25 3.81 3.69 8.50 5.63 5.88 12.16
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.50 1 1/2-6 4.25 2.25 3.94 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.63 13.28
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.50 1 1/2-6 4.25 2.25 3.94 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.63 13.28
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.50 1 1/2-6 4.25 2.25 3.94 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.63 13.28
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.50 1 1/2-6 4.25 2.25 3.94 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.63 13.28
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 1.50 1 1/2-6 4.25 2.25 3.94 3.81 9.50 6.38 6.63 13.28
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

34 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Fixed Clevis Mounting ZC + STROKE
Contents Style BB (Model 84) XC + STROKE
(NFPA Style MP1) Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE
EE ØCD
1
PIVOT
PIN

ØMM 2 4 E
SQ

MR
LR
K 3
G J L CW CB CW

7.00" & 8.00" Bore

Style BB (Model 84) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B
Bore Rod MM CB CD3 Ø CW E EE G J K L LR MR
Ø No. Rod +.000 NPTF1 SAE2 Max.
Ø -.002
1 (std.) 3.000 3.00 2.501 1.50 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.00 2.75 2.88
2 5.000 3.00 2.501 1.50 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.00 2.75 2.88
7.00 3 3.500 3.00 2.501 1.50 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.00 2.75 2.88
4 4.000 3.00 2.501 1.50 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.00 2.75 2.88
5 4.500 3.00 2.501 1.50 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.00 2.75 2.88
1 (std.) 3.500 3.00 3.001 1.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.25 3.25 3.13
2 5.500 3.00 3.001 1.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.25 3.25 3.13
8.00 3 4.000 3.00 3.001 1.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.25 3.25 3.13
4 4.500 3.00 3.001 1.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.25 3.25 3.13
5 5.000 3.00 3.001 1.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.25 3.25 3.13
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
3
Diameter CD is pin diameter.

Style BB (Model 84) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM WF Y Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod LG P XC ZC
Ø
1 (std.) 3.000 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 13.75 16.25
2 5.000 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 13.75 16.25
7.00 3 3.500 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 13.75 16.25
4 4.000 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 13.75 16.25
5 4.500 2.25 3.69 8.50 5.63 13.75 16.25
1 (std.) 3.500 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 15.00 17.75
2 5.500 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 15.00 17.75
8.00 3 4.000 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 15.00 17.75
4 4.500 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 15.00 17.75
5 5.000 2.25 3.81 9.50 6.38 15.00 17.75

35 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Head Trunnion Mounting ZB + STROKE
Contents Style D (Model 81) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MT1) WF LG + STROKE
UT EE
1

.125R MAX.

E
SQ.ØTD 4 2 ØMM

3
TL TL G J K
XG
7.00" & 8.00" Bore

Style D (Model 81) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B

Bore Rod MM E EE G J K TD Ø TL UT WF Y XG
Ø No. Rod NPTF1 SAE2 Max. +.000
Ø -.002
1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69 3.63
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69 3.63
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69 3.63
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69 3.63
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69 3.63
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81 3.75
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81 3.75
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81 3.75
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81 3.75
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81 3.75
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Style D (Model 81) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod LG P ZB
Ø Max.
1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 5.63 12.16
2 5.000 8.50 5.63 12.16
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 5.63 12.16
4 4.000 8.50 5.63 12.16
5 4.500 8.50 5.63 12.16
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 6.38 13.28
2 5.500 9.50 6.38 13.28
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 6.38 13.28
4 4.500 9.50 6.38 13.28
5 5.000 9.50 6.38 13.28

36 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Trunnion Mounting
XJ + STROKE
Contents Style DB (Model 82) ZB + STROKE
(NFPA Style MT2) Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE
UT EE
1
.125R MAX.

E4 2 ØTD ØMM
SQ.

3
TL TL G J K

7.00" & 8.00" Bore

Style DB (Model 82) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B
Bore Rod MM E EE G J K TD Ø TL UT WF Y
Ø No. Rod NPTF1 SAE2 Max. +.000
Ø -.002
1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69
2 5.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69
4 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69
5 4.500 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 13.50 2.25 3.69
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81
2 5.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81
4 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81
5 5.000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 15.50 2.25 3.81
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Style DB (Model 82) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod LG P XJ ZB
Ø Max

1 (std.) 3.000 8.50 5.63 9.38 12.16

2 5.000 8.50 5.63 9.38 12.16
7.00 3 3.500 8.50 5.63 9.38 12.16
4 4.000 8.50 5.63 9.38 12.16
5 4.500 8.50 5.63 9.38 12.16
1 (std.) 3.500 9.50 6.38 10.25 13.28
2 5.500 9.50 6.38 10.25 13.28
8.00 3 4.000 9.50 6.38 10.25 13.28
4 4.500 9.50 6.38 10.25 13.28
5 5.000 9.50 6.38 10.25 13.28

37 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View ZB + STROKE
Table of Intermediate Fixed Trunnion Mounting Y P + STROKE
Contents Style DD (Model 89) WF LG + STROKE
(NFPA Former Standard Style MT4) UM EE
1 BD

.125R MAX.

UW ØTD 4 2 ØMM

G J K
3 XI 3
E SQ.
7.00" & 8.00" Bore

TL TM TL
Style DD (Model 89) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
HV Series
B

Bore Rod MM BD E EE G J K TD Ø TL TM UM UW WF Y
Ø No. Rod NPTF1 SAE2 Max. +.000
Ø -.002
1 (std.) 3.000 3.00 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.50 2.25 3.69
2 5.000 3.00 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.50 2.25 3.69
7.00 3 3.500 3.00 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.50 2.25 3.69
4 4.000 3.00 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.50 2.25 3.69
5 4.500 3.00 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 2.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.50 2.25 3.69
1 (std.) 3.500 3.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 13.38 2.25 3.81
2 5.500 3.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 13.38 2.25 3.81
8.00 3 4.000 3.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 13.38 2.25 3.81
4 4.500 3.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 13.38 2.25 3.81
5 5.000 3.50 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 3.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 13.38 2.25 3.81
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Style DD (Model 89) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM Minimum XI3 Style DD Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Styles Style Minimum LG P Maximum XI4 ZB
Ø 4, 8 & 9 55 Stroke Styles Style Max.
4, 8 & 9 55
1 (std.) 3.000 6.56 9.19 0.13 8.50 5.63 6.44 9.06 12.16
2 5.000 6.56 10.94 0.13 8.50 5.63 6.44 10.81 12.16
7.00 3 3.500 6.56 9.94 0.13 8.50 5.63 6.44 9.81 12.16
4 4.000 6.56 10.06 0.13 8.50 5.63 6.44 9.94 12.16
5 4.500 6.56 10.81 0.13 8.50 5.63 6.44 10.69 12.16
1 (std.) 3.500 7.06 10.44 0.13 9.50 6.38 6.94 10.31 13.28
2 5.500 7.06 12.31 0.13 9.50 6.38 6.94 12.19 13.28
8.00 3 4.000 7.06 10.56 0.13 9.50 6.38 6.94 10.44 13.28
4 4.500 7.06 11.31 0.13 9.50 6.38 6.94 11.19 13.28
5 5.000 7.06 11.44 0.13 9.50 6.38 6.94 11.31 13.28
3
Dimension XI to be specified by customer. Reference point for rod end Style 55 is end of piston rod.
4
Dimensions shown are valid for standard WF and WG dimension.

38 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Heavy Duty Intermediate Fixed
Contents Trunnion Mounting ZB + STROKE
Style DE (Model 87) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Current Standard Style MT4) WF LG + STROKE
UM EE
1 BD
.125R MAX.

UW ØTD 4 2 ØMM

3 G J K
E SQ. XI3
TL TM TL

7.00" & 8.00" Bore

Style DE (Model 87) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series
B
Bore Rod MM BD E EE G J K TD Ø TL TM UM UW WF Y
Ø No. Rod NPTF1 SAE2 Max. +.000
Ø -.002
1 (std.) 3.000 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.38 2.25 3.69
2 5.000 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.38 2.25 3.69
7.00 3 3.500 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.38 2.25 3.69
4 4.000 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.38 2.25 3.69
5 4.500 4.000 8.50 1 1/4 20 2.75 2.75 1.16 3.500 2.50 9.75 14.75 11.38 2.25 3.69
1 (std.) 3.500 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 12.00 2.25 3.81
2 5.500 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 12.00 2.25 3.81
8.00 3 4.000 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 12.00 2.25 3.81
4 4.500 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 12.00 2.25 3.81
5 5.000 4.500 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.000 3.00 11.00 17.00 12.00 2.25 3.81
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.

Style DE (Model 87) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore Rod MM Minimum XI3 Style DE Add Stroke
Ø No. Rod Styles Style Minimum LG P Maximum XI4 ZB
Ø 4, 8 & 9 55 Stroke Styles Style Max.
4, 8 & 9 55
1 (std.) 3.000 7.06 9.69 1.13 8.50 5.63 5.94 8.56 12.16
2 5.000 7.06 11.44 1.13 8.50 5.63 5.94 10.31 12.16
7.00 3 3.500 7.06 10.44 1.13 8.50 5.63 5.94 9.31 12.16
4 4.000 7.06 10.56 1.13 8.50 5.63 5.94 9.44 12.16
5 4.500 7.06 11.31 1.13 8.50 5.63 5.94 10.19 12.16
1 (std.) 3.500 7.56 10.94 1.13 9.50 6.38 6.44 9.81 13.28
2 5.500 7.56 12.81 1.13 9.50 6.38 6.44 11.69 13.28
8.00 3 4.000 7.56 11.06 1.13 9.50 6.38 6.44 9.94 13.28
4 4.500 7.56 11.81 1.13 9.50 6.38 6.44 10.69 13.28
5 5.000 7.56 11.94 1.13 9.50 6.38 6.44 10.81 13.28
3
Dimension XI to be specified by customer. Reference point for rod end Style 55 is end of piston rod.
4
Dimensions shown are valid for standard WF and WG dimension.

39 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Spherical Bearing Mounting ZC + STROKE
XC + STROKE MA
Contents Style SE (Model 96) Y P + STROKE
LUBRICATION
WF LG + STROKE
FITTING
EE
A 1

ØMM 2 4 E
SQ
CC
MS
J NR 3
K
G CD EX
7.00" & 8.00" Bore

Style SE (Model 96) — Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series

Bore Rod MM A CD3 Ø E EE EX G J K MS MA NR WF Y

B

Ø No. Rod +0.0000 NPTF1 SAE2 Max.

Ø -0.0005
1 (std.) 3.000 3.50 3.5000 8.50 1 1/4 20 3.06 2.75 2.75 1.16 4.00 4.00 3.68 2.25 3.69
2 5.000 3.50 3.5000 8.50 1 1/4 20 3.06 2.75 2.75 1.16 4.00 4.00 3.68 2.25 3.69
7.00 3 3.500 3.50 3.5000 8.50 1 1/4 20 3.06 2.75 2.75 1.16 4.00 4.00 3.68 2.25 3.69
4 4.000 3.50 3.5000 8.50 1 1/4 20 3.06 2.75 2.75 1.16 4.00 4.00 3.68 2.25 3.69
5 4.500 3.50 3.5000 8.50 1 1/4 20 3.06 2.75 2.75 1.16 4.00 4.00 3.68 2.25 3.69
1 (std.) 3.500 3.50 4.0000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.50 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.50 4.50 4.13 2.25 3.81
2 5.500 3.50 4.0000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.50 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.50 4.50 4.13 2.25 3.81
8.00 3 4.000 3.50 4.0000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.50 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.50 4.50 4.13 2.25 3.81
4 4.500 3.50 4.0000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.50 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.50 4.50 4.13 2.25 3.81
5 5.000 3.50 4.0000 9.50 1 1/2 24 3.50 3.00 3.00 1.28 4.50 4.50 4.13 2.25 3.81
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
3
Dimension CD is pin diameter.

Style SE (Model 96) – Recommended

Style SE (Model 96) – Dimensional and Mounting Data maximum swivel angle on each side
Bore Rod MM Thread A Add Stroke of the cylinder centerline.
Ø No. Rod Style 8 LG P XC XL ZC Bore Head End Mounted Cap End Mounted
Ø CC4 Ø Angle a Tan. of a Angle a Tan. of a
1 (std.) 3.000 2 3/4-12 3.50 8.50 5.63 15.25 23.25 19.25 7.00 3.00° 0.052 3.00° 0.052
2 5.000 4 4
8.50 5.63 15.25 23.25 19.25 8.00 3.00° 0.052 3.00° 0.052
7.00 3 3.500 4 4
8.50 5.63 15.25 23.25 19.25 Note: Dimension X is the maximum off center mounting of the
cylinder. To determine dimension X for various stroke lengths
4 4.000 4 4
8.50 5.63 15.25 23.25 19.25 multiply the distance between pivot pin holes by tangent of
5 4.500 4 4
8.50 5.63 15.25 23.25 19.25 angle a. For extended position use X = XL + 2X stroke.
1 (std.) 3.500 3 1/4-12 3.50 9.50 6.38 16.75 25.25 21.25 Mounting Information
2 5.500 4 4
9.50 6.38 16.75 25.25 21.25 Head End Mounting
8.00 3 4.000 4 4
9.50 6.38 16.75 25.25 21.25
4 4.500 4 4
9.50 6.38 16.75 25.25 21.25 X a
5 5.000 4 4
9.50 6.38 16.75 25.25 21.25 X a
4
To match pin diameter in rod eye and cap, when an oversize rod is required,
specify rod end style ‘3’, ‘CC’ thread and ‘A’ thread length for the standard
rod diameter (Rod No. 1 for the bore), and ‘WF’ for the oversize rod. XL + STROKE
Cap End Mounting

a X
a X

XL + STROKE

40 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Double Rod Models HV Series 7.00" & 8.00" Bore
View
Table of Double Rod Cylinder
Contents
ZM + 2 x STROKE
Y P + STROKE
WF LH + STROKE
EE
K

ØMM

7.00" & 8.00" Bore

HV Series
‘V’ NOTCH

B
Rod End #1 Rod End #2
G G

Double Rod End Mounting Styles

Mounting Mounting Styles for Dimensions Bore Rod MM WF Add Stroke Add 2X
Styles for Corresponding Shown on Ø No. Rod Stroke
Single Double Rod Models 1
This Page
Rod Ø LH SNK SSK ZM
Load Load Connected Supplement
Models Connected To Rod Opposite Dimensions
on 7.00" - 8.00" 1 (std.) 3.00 2.25 8.50 5.38 5.75 13.00
To Rod On Cylinder
Cylinder Mounting End Bore Pages 2 5.00 2.25 8.50 5.38 5.75 13.00
Mounting End Listed Below
7.00 3 3.50 2.25 8.50 5.38 5.75 13.00
TB KTB KTC 28
4 4.00 2.25 8.50 5.38 5.75 13.00
TD KTD KTD 28
J KJ KH 29 5 4.50 2.25 8.50 5.38 5.75 13.00
JB KJB KHB 30 1 (std.) 3.50 2.25 9.50 6.13 6.75 14.00
JJ KJJ KHH 31 2 5.50 2.25 9.50 6.13 6.75 14.00
C KC KC 34
8.00 3 4.00 2.25 9.50 6.13 6.75 14.00
F KF KF 34
D KD KDB 36 4 4.50 2.25 9.50 6.13 6.75 14.00
DD KDD2 KDD2 38 5 5.00 2.25 9.50 6.13 6.75 14.00
DE KDE2 KDE2 39 Replaces LG SN SS –
1
Connect load to piston rod without 'V' notch. If only one end of the On single rod All Mtg. All Mtg.
Double Rod Cylinder is to be cushioned, be sure to clearly specify mounting styles: F C
Styles Styles
which end this will be.
2
Specify XI dimension for Styles DD & DE from #1 rod end
(without 'V' notch).

How to Use Double Rod Cylinder

Dimension Drawings
To determine dimensions for a double rod cylinder, first refer rod cylinders shown on preceding pages and provide the
to the desired single rod mounting style cylinder shown on information needed to completely dimension a double rod
preceding pages of this catalog. (See table above.) After cylinder.
selecting necessary dimensions from that drawing, return
On a double rod cylinder where the two rod ends are different,
to this page supplement the single rod dimensions with
be sure to clearly state which rod end is to be assembled at
those shown on drawing at right and dimension table below.
which end. Port position 1 is standard. If other than standard,
Note that double rod cylinders have a head (Dim. G) at both
specify pos. 2, 3 or 4 when viewed from rod end #1 only.
ends and that dimension LH replaces LG. The double rod
dimensions differ from, or are in addition to those for single

41 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Performance HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View

The large bore, high pressure hydraulic cylinder

Table of
Contents

Miller designed to meet your needs

Miller HV Series large bore cylinders provide unmatched In addition to our removable bushing assembly, HV
reliability, performance, and innovative design features Series cylinders also include a multitude of innovative
that aid in increasing productivity while reducing design features such as: anti-extrusion body end seals,
operating costs. floating cushions, hi load piston (standard), and various
port and rod end options to meet your application
Miller's externally removable bolted bushing assembly requirements.
makes preventive and routine maintenance quick and
easy! In many cases, the cylinder does not have to Every HV Series cylinder is individually tested before
be removed or disassembled to facilitate service. Our leaving our plant to assure proper and leak free
innovative design provides for fast turn around, reduced operation. All HV Series cylinders come with an
downtime, and increased productivity. eighteen month warranty standard.
10.00" - 20.00" Bore
HV Series
C

42 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Construction HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View

These innovative design features

Table of
Contents

make Miller HV Series

your best choice...
for all your large bore heavy duty
hydraulic cylinder applications.
Primary Seal – High-performance urethane Piston Rod – Hard chrome-plated and Align-A-Groove – A 3/16" wide
design combines ease of installation with rugged polished for maximum seal and rod bearing surface machined at each end of
construction. The ultimate seal in extra heavy duty life. Two standard thread styles. Rod end is the cylinder body. Makes precise
applications. Completely self-compensating and supplied with spanner wrench holes. mounting quick and easy.
self-relieving to withstand pressure variations and
conform to mechanical deflection that may occur.
The Cylinder Body – Piston Seals –
Rod Bushing – Standard Heavy-wall steel tubing Problem solving
Composite Load Bearing Bushing is honed to a micro finish piston seal Ports – SAE

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

offers superior performance in bore, providing a wear options. O-ring straight
comparison to metal and nylon surface for long lasting thread ports are

HV Series
filled alternatives. piston bearing and seal life. standard.

C
Secondary Seal – Double-
Service Wiperseal™ – wipes
clean any oil film adhering to
the rod on the extend stroke
and cleans the rod on the
return stroke.

Bolted Bushing
Assembly – Externally
removable without
cylinder disassembly.
Long composite bearing
surface is inboard of the End Seals –
seals, assuring positive Adjustable Floating Stepped Pressure-actuated
lubrication from within the Cushions – For maximum performance. cylinder body-to-
cylinder. An “O” ring is Economical and flexible for even the most head and cap “O”
used as a seal between demanding applications. Provides superior rings (urethane
bushing and head. performance in reducing shock. Cushions 10.00" - 14.00")
are optional and can be supplied at head and back-up
end, cap end, or both ends without change washers.
in envelope or mounting dimensions. Steel Cap – Bored
and grooved to provide
concentricity for
Alloy Steel Tie Steel Head – Bored High Strength Tie Rods – mating parts.
Rod Nuts – With and grooved to Made from 100,000 PSI
hardened washer. provide concentricity minimum yield steel with rolled
for mating parts. threads for added strength. One-Piece Nodular Iron Piston – The
wide piston surface contacting cylinder bore
reduces bearing loads. One piece design is
piloted to piston rod assuring concentricity.
Piston is locked with set screw. Anaerobic
adhesive and peening of set screw locks
and seals piston to rod.

43 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Model Code / How to Order HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of
HV Model Code
Contents
10.00 C K JJ TB HV H N H

Bore Dia. Cushion Double Mounting Combination Series Piston Seal Piston Bushing &
Head Rod End Style Mounts Designator Magnet Seal
Cylinder

Specify Use “C” Use “K” only Any practical 10.00 - H = HP (standard) N = No H = Bolt on
bore dia. only if head if a double mounting 20.00" Piston Seal Magnet Bushing
in inches end cushion rod end style listed. HV
K = KP (universal) Field Field
10.00 is required. cylinder is Expandable
Piston Seal Expandable
12.00 required. for Future for Future
14.00 R = RP (extrusion
Use. Use.
16.00 resistant)
18.00 Piston Seal
20.00 W = WP (mixed
T = Basic, No Mount
10.00" - 20.00" Bore

TB = Tie Rods Ext. Head media) Piston

Seal
TC = Tie Rods Ext. Cap
HV Series
C

TD = Tie Rods Ext. Both Ends

JB = Head Square Flange MF5
JJ = Head Rectangular ME5
HB = Cap Square Flange MF6
HH = Cap Rectangular ME6
C = Side Lug MS2
BB = Cap Fixed Clevis MP1
D = Head Trunnion MT1
Limited to 10.00" - 14.00" bore
DB = Cap Trunnion MT2
Limited to 10.00" - 14.00" bore
DD = Intermediate Fixed Trunnion MT4
Special Mounting
(Consult Factory)

Shaded boxes identify required model number fields.

44 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Model Code / How to Order HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of
HV Model Code
Contents
T 1 S 1 4 A C 16.000

Ports Seals Special Piston Rod Piston Rod Piston Rod Cushion Cap Stroke
Modification Number End Threads

Use only if special 1 Select: Used only Specify

modifications are 2 Style 4 Small Male if cushion in inches
required: 3 Style 9 Short Female required
Oversize Ports 4
Style 55 Rod End for Flange
Port Position Change Coupling
Special Seals Style 3 Special (Specify)
Stop Tube
Stroke Adjusters
Tie Rod Supports

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

HV Series
1 = Standard Seals A = UNF Standard

C
2 = Water Base Fluid Seals M = Metric
5 = Fluorocarbon Seals N = No Thread
E = Fluorocarbon Seals – Piston Rod only

T = SAE Straight Thread O-Ring (Std.)

U = NPTF Ports (Dry Seal Pipe Thread) (10.00" - 14.00")
R = BSP Ports Parallel Thread ISO 228) (10.00" - 14.00")
P = SAE Flange Ports (3,000 psi)
B = BSPT Ports (Taper Thread) (10.00" - 14.00")
G = Metric Thread Ports (10.00" - 14.00")
Y = Metric Thread Ports per ISO 6149 (10.00" - 14.00")

Style 9 Minimum Stroke Table

Bore Rod Minimum Bore Rod Minimum
Ø Ø Stroke Ø Ø Stroke
10.00 4.500 1.125 16.00 8.000 1.750
5.000 1.375 9.000 2.500
5.500 2.000 10.000 3.250
7.000 3.125 18.00 9.000 1.500
12.00 5.500 1.250 10.000 2.250
7.000 2.375 20.00 10.000 1.250
8.000 3.125
14.00 7.000 2.000
8.000 2.750
10.000 4.250

Shaded boxes identify required model number fields.

45 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Seal Options HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of
Contents
Piston Seal Selection
Miller Piston Seal options HP, KP, RP and WP are available in seal class are identified with an ‘X’ and the default
a number of different Seal Classes. Because the Miller Model piston seal style is in the shaded cell. To specify
Number includes Seal Class but does not include a code for an available piston seal style that is not standard,
piston seal style, a default piston seal style is designated for place an ‘S’ in the Special Modification field of the
each seal class. In the table below rows list each seal class and model number and specify the required piston seal
columns list each piston style. Available piston styles for each style with text.

Seal Class Piston Seal Options

(Shaded cell is default standard)

HP KP RP WP
Class 1 - Polyurethane & Nitrile X X X X

Class 2 - Nitrile N/A X X X

Class 5 - Fluorocarbon N/A X X X

Class 5 Rod Bushing Seals Only N/A X X X

10.00" - 20.00" Bore
HV Series
C

One Common Piston for 4 Seal Styles

Standard HP style with Optional RP style with

poly­urethane piston thermo­plastic piston
seal – excellent for most seal – superior extrusion
cycling and load holding resistance to extreme
applications. pressure spikes with
drift-free performance.

Optional KP style with Optional WP style mixed

filled PTFE piston seal – media piston seal –
low friction, high heat low friction primary seal
resistance for cycling and with redundant elastomer
load holding service. delivers superior
per­formance with dissimilar
media on either side of the
piston.

46 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Rod Bushing HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore

HV Series
Large Bore
Composite Bushing
Innovative Solutions from
Miller Fluid Power

Customer Value
Proposition:

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

The Miller HV Series Large Bore Composite
Bushing installed inboard of the primary

HV Series
C
rod sealing package offers significant
performance improvements in comparison
to Metal or Filled Nylon Rod Bushings

Key Takeaway:
Contact stress is reduced when any side load force is distributed over a greater area.
See how Miller Fluid Power’s composite bearing performs over Ductile Iron.

Product Features:
Miller’s Composite Versus
Metal Bushings
• Better ability to conform to bending
Contact Information: deflections resulting in lower peak
stresses
Miller Fluid Power
Cylinder Division • Non-corrosive
500 S. Wolf Rd. • Self lubricating with lower friction
Des Plaines, IL 60016
www.miller-fluidpower.com • Ideal for High Water Content fluids

phone 847 298 2400 Miller’s Composite Versus

fax 800 892 1008 Filled Nylon Bushings
• Higher strength
• Very low water absorption
• Wider temperature range

47 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Specifications / Mountings HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Standard Specifications
Contents • Heavy Duty Service • Mounting Styles – 12 standard styles at various
• Standard Construction – Square Head – application ratings
Tie Rod Design • Strokes – Available in any practical stroke length
• Nominal Pressure – 3000 psi1 • Cushions – Optional at either end or both ends
• Standard Fluid – Hydraulic Oil of stroke
• Standard Temperature – -10°F to +165°F • Rod Ends – Three Standard Choices – Specials
• Bore Sizes – 10.00" through 20.00" to Order
• Piston Rod Diameter – 4.500" through 10.000"
1
If hydraulic operating pressure exceeds 3000 psi, send application data for engineering evaluation and recommendation.
In line with our policy of continuing product improvement, specifications in this catalog are subject to change.

Available Mounting Styles

Tie Rods Extended Head End Tie Rods Extended Cap End Tie Rods Extended Both Ends Head Rectangular
Style TB Style TC Style TD Style JJ
(Model 53) (Model 52) (Model 51) (Model 67)
10.00"- 10.00"- 10.00"- 10.00"-
14.00" 14.00" 14.00" 14.00"
10.00" - 20.00" Bore
HV Series
C

(NFPA MX3) (NFPA MX2) (NFPA MX1) (NFPA ME5)

Head Square Flange Cap Rectangular Cap Square Flange Side Lug
Style JB Style HH Style HB Style C
(Model 65) (Model 68) (Model 66) (Model 72)
10.00"- 10.00"-20.00" 10.00"- 10.00"-
20.00" 20.00" 14.00"

(NFPA MF5) (NFPA ME6) (NFPA MF6) (NFPA MS2)

Cap Fixed Clevis Head Trunnion Cap Trunnion Intermediate Fixed Trunnion
Style BB Style D Style DB Style DD
(Model 84) (Model 81) (Model 82) (Model 89)
10.00"-20.00" 10.00"-14.00" 10.00"-14.00" 10.00"-
14.00"3

(NFPA MP1) (NFPA MT1) (NFPA MT2) (NFPA MT4)

Double Rod Cylinders
3
Consult factory for 16.00"-20.00"
Style KC Shown
(Model D72)

Most of the
above illustrated
mounting styles
are available
in double rod
cylinders.

48 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Rod Ends HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Rod End Dimensions – 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
Contents

Thread Style 4 (NFPA Style SM) Thread Style 551 Thread Style 92 (NFPA Style SF)
Small Male Flanged Rod End Small Female
A A
A WF WF WF
F F F
F KK KK
.06R
KK

ØB ØMM ØRD ØAM Ø BØMM ØB ØRD ØMM ØRD ØB ØMM ØRD

.515 DIA.
x .38 DEEP
ØAF 4.500 Ø ROD
.515 DIA. AE
.515 DIA. x .50 DEEP
x .75 DEEP NA x .75 DEEP NA 5.000-10.000 Ø ROD NA
4 HOLES AD 4VHOLES 4 HOLES
V V V
WG

Rod End Dimensions – 10.00" - 20.00" Bore

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

Bore Rod MM Thread Rod Extensions and Pilot Dimensions

HV Series
Ø No. Rod Style

C
A BØ F NA RD V WF
Ø 4&9
+.000 -.005
KK
-.005
1 (std.) 4.500 3 1/4-12 4.50 5.249 1.94 4.38 8.249 0.25 2.94
2 7.000 5-12 7.00 7.999 1.94 6.88 10.499 0.38 3.50
10.00
3 5.000 3 1/2-12 5.00 5.749 1.94 4.88 8.874 0.25 3.19
4 5.500 4-12 5.50 6.249 1.94 5.38 9.374 0.25 3.19
1 (std.) 5.500 4-12 5.50 6.249 1.94 5.38 9.374 0.25 3.19
12.00 2 8.000 5 3/4-12 8.00 8.999 1.94 7.88 12.499 0.38 4.00
3 7.000 5-12 7.00 7.999 1.94 6.88 10.499 0.38 3.50
1 (std.) 7.000 5-12 7.00 7.999 1.94 6.88 10.499 0.38 3.50
14.00 2 10.000 7 1/4-12 10.00 10.999 1.94 9.88 14.499 0.38 4.50
3 8.000 5 3/4-12 8.00 8.999 1.94 7.88 12.499 0.38 4.00
1 8.000 5 3/4-12 8.00 8.999 1.94 7.88 12.499 0.38 4.00
16.00 3 9.000 6 1/2-12 9.00 9.999 1.94 8.88 13.499 0.38 4.25
4 10.000 7 1/4-12 10.00 10.999 1.94 9.88 14.499 0.38 4.50
1 9.000 6 1/2-12 9.00 9.999 1.94 8.88 13.499 0.38 4.25
18.00
3 10.000 7 1/4-12 10.00 10.999 1.94 9.88 14.499 0.38 4.50
20.00 1 10.000 7 1/4-12 10.00 10.999 1.94 9.88 14.499 0.38 4.50

Style 55 Rod End

“Special” Thread Style 3
MM AD AE AF AM WG1
Special thread, extension, rod eye, blank, etc., are also
Rod +.001 Ø Ø
available.
Ø -.001
To order, specify “Style 3” and give desired dimensions for KK, 4.500 3.19 1.499 3.50 4.45 6.50
A & WF. If otherwise special, furnish dimensioned sketch.
5.000 3.19 1.499 3.88 4.95 6.63
1
For special WG dimension, specify “Style 3” and give desired 5.500 3.94 1.874 4.38 5.45 7.50
dimension for WG. For other changes, place “S” in the model code, 7.000 4.06 1.999 5.75 6.95 8.44
and describe rod end with dimensioned sketch.
8.000 4.06 1.999 6.50 7.95 8.69
2
Style 9 stroke restrictions may apply. See Style 9 Minimum Stroke
Table on How to Order page for details. 9.000 4.63 2.374 7.25 8.95 8.75
10.000 4.63 2.374 8.00 9.95 9.75

49 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View Z J + STROKE
Table of Tie Rods Extended Both Ends Mounting Y P + STROKE
Contents Style TD (Model 51) WF LG + STROKE
(NFPA Style MX1) 1 EE DD

E 2
ØM M
SQ. 4

AA
3 K
Style TD (Model 51) – Dimensional and Mounting Data BB G J BB

Bore Rod MM AA BB DD E EE G J K WF Y Add Stroke

Ø No. Rod NPTF1 SAE SAE Max. LG P ZJ
Ø Flange Straight
Ports2 Thread3

1 (std.) 4.500 13.00 4.13 1 1/8-12 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 2.94 4.75 12.13 8.50 15.06
2 7.000 13.00 4.13 1 1/8-12 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.50 5.31 12.13 8.50 15.63
10.00
3 5.000 13.00 4.13 1 1/8-12 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 15.31
4 5.500 13.00 4.13 1 1/8-12 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 15.31
10.00" - 20.00" Bore

1 (std.) 5.500 15.50 4.50 1 1/4-12 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 3.19 5.38 14.50 10.13 17.69
HV Series

12.00 2 8.000 15.50 4.50 1 1/4-12 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.00 6.19 14.50 10.13 18.50
C

3 7.000 15.50 4.50 1 1/4-12 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 3.50 5.69 14.50 10.13 18.00
1 (std.) 7.000 17.38 4.50 1 1/4-12 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 3.50 5.88 15.63 10.88 19.13
14.00 2 10.000 17.38 4.50 1 1/4-12 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.50 6.88 15.63 10.88 20.13
3 8.000 17.38 4.50 1 1/4-12 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.00 6.38 15.63 10.88 19.63
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions.
3
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
4
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi
Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern Model 51 – Tie Rod Information
A DIA. RA
RA RB
RB RR RC

Q
W

HEAD RA RA
OR CAP RB RB
X RC
Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
DEPTH AA 14.00" Bore
10.00", 12.00" Bores
Nom. A Q GG W X Z-THD AA SAE Bore Ø 10.00 12.00 14.00
Flange UNC- Min. Tie Rod Thread 1 1/8-12 1 1/4-12 1 1/4-12
Size 2B
RA 5.291 6.270 7.485
2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
RB 3.775 4.555 6.143
2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40
RC — — 4.409
RR 2.00 2.19 2.19
Style TB (Model 53) Style TC (Model 52)

Dimensions for Model 53 and Model 52 may be obtained from the above dimensional table.

50 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Side Lugs Mounting ZB + STROKE
Contents Style C (Model 72) US Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE
(NFPA Style MS2) E SQ.
1 EE

2
4 ØMM

ST
E/2 +.000
-.005

3
SW SW K G
SW SW J K
SB Ø (X4)
TS SW SU SU SW
XS SS + STROKE
Style C (Model 72) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore Rod MM E Ports (EE) G J K SB ST SU SW Y TS US WF XS
Ø No. Rod NPTF1 SAE SAE Max. Ø
Ø Flange Straight
Port2 Thread
Port3
1 (std.) 4.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 1.563 2.25 3.50 1.63 4.75 15.88 19.13 2.94 4.56

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

2 7.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 1.563 2.25 3.50 1.63 5.31 15.88 19.13 3.50 5.13
10.00

HV Series
3 5.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 1.563 2.25 3.50 1.63 5.00 15.88 19.13 3.19 4.81

C
4 5.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 1.563 2.25 3.50 1.63 5.00 15.88 19.13 3.19 4.81
1 (std.) 5.500 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 1.563 3.00 4.25 2.00 5.38 18.88 22.88 3.19 5.19
12.00 2 8.000 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 1.563 3.00 4.25 2.00 6.19 18.88 22.88 4.00 6.00
3 7.000 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 1.563 3.00 4.25 2.00 5.69 18.88 22.88 3.50 5.50
1 (std.) 7.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 2.313 4.00 4.75 2.25 5.88 21.63 26.13 3.50 5.75
14.00 2 10.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 2.313 4.00 4.75 2.25 6.88 21.63 26.13 4.50 6.75
3 8.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 2.313 4.00 4.75 2.25 6.38 21.63 26.13 4.00 6.25
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions.
3
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
4
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi

Style C (Model 72) – Dimensional and

Mounting Data (cont.) Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern
Bore Rod MM Add Stroke A DIA.
Ø No. Rod LG P SS ZB
Ø Max.
1 (std.) 4.500 12.13 8.50 8.88 16.49 Q
2 7.000 12.13 8.50 8.88 17.05 W
10.00
3 5.000 12.13 8.50 8.88 16.74
HEAD
4 5.500 12.13 8.50 8.88 16.74 OR CAP
X
1 (std.) 5.500 14.50 10.13 10.50 19.24 Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
12.00 2 8.000 14.50 10.13 10.50 20.05 DEPTH AA
3 7.000 14.50 10.13 10.50 19.55
Nom. A Q GG W X Z-THD AA SAE
1 (std.) 7.000 15.63 10.88 11.13 20.68 Flange UNC- Min.
14.00 2 10.000 15.63 10.88 11.13 21.68 Size 2B
2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
3 8.000 15.63 10.88 11.13 21.18
2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40

51 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00"" Bore
View
Table of Head Rectangular Mounting
Contents Style JJ (Model 67) ZB + STROKE
(NFPA Style ME5) Y P + STROKE
UF WF LG + STROKE
(10.00-14.00 Bore) TF EE
1

EJ 2 ØMM
(16.00- 4 RJ E
20.00 only) R

(16.00-20.00 Bore)

3 ØFB G J K
E (X4) (10.00-14.00)
(X8) (16.00-20.00)

Style JJ (Model 67) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

Bore Rod MM E EJ Ports (EE) FB G J K R RJ TF UF WF Y Add Stroke

Ø No. Rod Ø Max.
HV Series

NPTF1 SAE SAE LG P ZB

C

Ø Flange Straight Max.

Port2 Thread
Port3
1 (std.) 4.500 12.63 - 2.00 2.00 24 1.81 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.62 - 15.88 19.00 2.94 4.75 12.13 8.50 16.49
2 7.000 12.63 - 2.00 2.00 24 1.81 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.62 - 15.88 19.00 3.50 5.31 12.13 8.50 17.05
10.00
3 5.000 12.63 - 2.00 2.00 24 1.81 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.62 - 15.88 19.00 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 16.74
4 5.500 12.63 - 2.00 2.00 24 1.81 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.62 - 15.88 19.00 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 16.74
1 (std.) 5.500 14.88 - 2.50 2.504 24 2.06 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.45 - 18.50 22.00 3.19 5.38 14.50 10.13 19.24
12.00 2 8.000 14.88 - 2.50 2.504 24 2.06 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.45 - 18.50 22.00 4.00 6.19 14.50 10.13 20.05
3 7.000 14.88 - 2.50 2.504 24 2.06 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.45 - 18.50 22.00 3.50 5.69 14.50 10.13 19.55
1 (std.) 7.000 17.13 - 2.50 2.504 24 2.31 4.88 4.88 1.30 13.26 - 21.00 25.00 3.50 5.88 15.63 10.88 20.68
14.00 2 10.000 17.13 - 2.50 2.504 24 2.31 4.88 4.88 1.30 13.26 - 21.00 25.00 4.50 6.88 15.63 10.88 21.68
3 8.000 17.13 - 2.50 2.504 24 2.31 4.88 4.88 1.30 13.26 - 21.00 25.00 4.00 6.38 15.63 10.88 21.18
1 (std.) 8.000 19.00 20.00 - 3.005 24 1.81 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.50 8.00 21.00 24.50 4.00 7.00 18.13 12.13 24.08
16.00 3 9.000 19.00 20.00 - 3.005 24 1.81 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.50 8.00 21.00 24.50 4.25 7.25 18.13 12.13 24.33
4 10.000 19.00 20.00 - 3.005 24 1.81 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.50 8.00 21.00 24.50 4.50 7.50 18.13 12.13 24.58
1 (std.) 9.000 22.00 23.00 - 3.005 24 2.06 6.88 6.88 1.70 18.00 7.25 24.25 28.25 4.25 7.25 21.13 15.13 27.33
18.00
3 10.000 22.00 23.00 - 3.005 24 2.06 6.88 6.88 1.70 18.00 7.25 24.25 28.25 4.50 7.50 21.13 15.13 27.58
20.00 1 (std.) 10.000 24.00 25.00 - 3.005 24 2.06 7.88 7.88 1.70 20.00 8.00 26.50 30.50 4.50 7.50 23.63 17.63 30.08
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions.
3
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
4
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi
5
3.00 SAE flange port is rated at 2000 psi
Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern
A DIA.

Nom. A Q GG W X Z-THD AA SAE

Flange UNC- Min.
Q Size 2B
W 2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40
HEAD
OR CAP 3 3.00 4.188 2.438 2.09 1.22 5/8-11 1.19 48
X
Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
DEPTH AA

52 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Head Square Flange Mounting EX SQ. ZB + STROKE
Contents Style JB (Model 65) TE Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE
(NFPA Style MF5) RE
EE
1

2 TE
ØMM
4 RE

3 ØEB (X8) G J K
E SQ.
Style JB (Model 65) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore MM E EB Ports (EE) EX G J K RE TE WF Y Add Stroke
Ø Rod Ø NPTF1 SAE SAE Max. LG P ZB
Ø Flange Straight Max.
Port2 Thread
Port3
4.500 12.63 1.31 2.00 2.00 24 16.63 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.89 14.13 2.94 4.75 12.13 8.50 16.49

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

5.000 12.63 1.31 2.00 2.00 24 16.63 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.89 14.13 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 16.74

HV Series
10.00
5.500 12.63 1.31 2.00 2.00 24 16.63 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.89 14.13 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 16.74

C
7.000 12.63 1.31 2.00 2.00 24 16.63 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.89 14.13 3.50 5.31 12.13 8.50 17.05
5.500 14.88 1.56 2.50 2.504 24 19.75 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.75 16.79 3.19 5.38 14.50 10.13 19.24
12.00 7.000 14.88 1.56 2.50 2.504 24 19.75 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.75 16.79 3.50 5.69 14.50 10.13 19.55
8.000 14.88 1.56 2.50 2.504 24 19.75 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.75 16.79 4.00 6.19 14.50 10.13 20.05
7.000 17.13 1.81 2.50 2.504 24 21.75 4.88 4.88 1.30 12.90 18.43 3.50 5.88 15.63 10.88 20.68
14.00 8.000 17.13 1.81 2.50 2.504 24 21.75 4.88 4.88 1.30 12.90 18.43 4.00 6.38 15.63 10.88 21.18
10.000 17.13 1.81 2.50 2.504 24 21.75 4.88 4.88 1.30 12.90 18.43 4.50 6.88 15.63 10.88 21.68
8.000 19.00 1.81 - 3.005 24 24.50 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.28 21.03 4.00 7.00 18.13 12.13 24.08
16.00 9.000 19.00 1.81 - 3.005 24 24.50 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.28 21.03 4.25 7.25 18.13 12.13 24.33
10.000 19.00 1.81 - 3.005 24 24.50 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.28 21.03 4.50 7.50 18.13 12.13 24.58
9.000 22.00 2.06 - 3.005 24 26.50 6.88 6.88 1.70 16.45 22.65 4.25 7.25 21.13 15.13 27.33
18.00
10.000 22.00 2.06 - 3.005 24 26.50 6.88 6.88 1.70 16.45 22.65 4.50 7.50 21.13 15.13 27.58
20.00 10.000 24.00 2.06 - 3.005 24 29.00 7.88 7.88 1.70 18.07 24.87 4.50 7.50 23.63 17.63 30.08
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions.
3
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
4
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi
5
3.00 SAE flange port is rated at 2000 psi

Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern

A DIA.

Nom. A Q GG W X Z-THD AA SAE

Flange UNC- Min.
Q Size 2B
W 2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40
HEAD 3 3.00 4.188 2.438 2.09 1.22 5/8-11 1.19 48
OR CAP
X
Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
DEPTH AA

53 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Rectangular Mounting XF + STROKE
Contents Style HH (Model 68) UF Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style ME6) TF WF LG + STROKE
1 EE
(10.00-14.00
Bore)
EJ 4 2 E
(16.00- RJ ØMM
R
20.00 only)

3 ØFB K G J
(16.00-20.00 E (X4) (10.00-14.00)
Bore) (X8) (16.00-20.00)
10.00" - 20.00" Bore

Style HH (Model 68) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

HV Series

Bore MM E Ports (EE) EJ FB G J K R RJ TF UF WF Y Add Stroke

C

Ø Rod NPTF1 SAE SAE Ø Max. LG P XF

Ø Flange Straight
Port2 Thread
Port3
4.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 - 1.81 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.62 - 15.88 19.00 2.94 4.75 12.13 8.50 15.06
5.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 - 1.81 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.62 - 15.88 19.00 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 15.31
10.00
5.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 - 1.81 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.62 - 15.88 19.00 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 15.31
7.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 - 1.81 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.62 - 15.88 19.00 3.50 5.31 12.13 8.50 15.63
5.500 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 - 2.06 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.45 - 18.50 22.00 3.19 5.38 14.50 10.13 17.69
12.00 7.000 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 - 2.06 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.45 - 18.50 22.00 3.50 5.69 14.50 10.13 18.00
8.000 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 - 2.06 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.45 - 18.50 22.00 4.00 6.19 14.50 10.13 18.50
7.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 - 2.31 4.88 4.88 1.30 13.26 - 21.00 25.00 3.50 5.88 15.63 10.88 19.13
14.00 8.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 - 2.31 4.88 4.88 1.30 13.26 - 21.00 25.00 4.00 6.38 15.63 10.88 19.63
10.000 17.13 2.50 2.50 4
24 - 2.31 4.88 4.88 1.30 13.26 - 21.00 25.00 4.50 6.88 15.63 10.88 20.13
8.000 19.00 - 3.00 5
24 20.00 1.81 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.50 8.00 21.00 24.50 4.00 7.00 18.13 12.13 22.13
16.00 9.000 19.00 - 3.005 24 20.00 1.81 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.50 8.00 21.00 24.50 4.25 7.25 18.13 12.13 22.38
10.000 19.00 - 3.005 24 20.00 1.81 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.50 8.00 21.00 24.50 4.50 7.50 18.13 12.13 22.63
9.000 22.00 - 3.005 24 23.00 2.06 6.88 6.88 1.70 18.00 7.25 24.25 28.25 4.25 7.25 21.13 15.13 25.38
18.00
10.000 22.00 - 3.005 24 23.00 2.06 6.88 6.88 1.70 18.00 7.25 24.25 28.25 4.50 7.50 21.13 15.13 25.63
20.00 10.000 24.00 - 3.005 24 25.00 2.06 7.88 7.88 1.70 20.00 8.00 26.50 30.50 4.50 7.50 23.63 17.63 28.13
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions.
3
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
4
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi
5
3.00 SAE flange port is rated at 2000 psi

Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern A DIA. Nom. A Q GG W X Z-THD AA SAE

Flange UNC- Min.
Size 2B
2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
Q 2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40
W 3 3.00 4.188 2.438 2.09 1.22 5/8-11 1.19 48

HEAD
OR CAP
X
Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
DEPTH AA

54 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Square Flange Mounting EX SQ.
Y P + STROKE
Contents Style HB (Model 66) TE
WF LG + STROKE
RE
(NFPA Style MF6) 1
EE

4 TE
2 RE ØMM

3 ØEB (X8) K G J
E SQ. XF + STROKE
Style HB (Model 66) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore MM E EB Ports (EE) EX G J K RE TE WF Y Add Stroke
Ø Rod Ø NPTF1 SAE SAE Max. LG P XF
Ø Flange Straight
Port2 Thread
Port3
4.500 12.63 1.31 2.00 2.00 24 16.63 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.89 14.13 2.94 4.75 12.13 8.50 15.06

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

5.000 12.63 1.31 2.00 2.00 24 16.63 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.89 14.13 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 15.31
10.00

HV Series
5.500 12.63 1.31 2.00 2.00 24 16.63 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.89 14.13 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 15.31

C
7.000 12.63 1.31 2.00 2.00 24 16.63 3.69 3.69 1.17 9.89 14.13 3.50 5.31 12.13 8.50 15.63
5.500 14.88 1.56 2.50 2.504 24 19.75 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.75 16.79 3.19 5.38 14.50 10.13 17.69
12.00 7.000 14.88 1.56 2.50 2.504 24 19.75 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.75 16.79 3.50 5.69 14.50 10.13 18.00
8.000 14.88 1.56 2.50 2.504 24 19.75 4.44 4.44 1.30 11.75 16.79 4.00 6.19 14.50 10.13 18.50
7.000 17.13 1.81 2.50 2.504 24 21.75 4.88 4.88 1.30 12.90 18.43 3.50 5.88 15.63 10.88 19.13
14.00 8.000 17.13 1.81 2.50 2.50 4
24 21.75 4.88 4.88 1.30 12.90 18.43 4.00 6.38 15.63 10.88 19.63
10.000 17.13 1.81 2.50 2.504 24 21.75 4.88 4.88 1.30 12.90 18.43 4.50 6.88 15.63 10.88 20.13
8.000 19.00 1.81 - 3.005 24 24.50 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.28 21.03 4.00 7.00 18.13 12.13 22.13
16.00 9.000 19.00 1.81 - 3.005 24 24.50 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.28 21.03 4.25 7.25 18.13 12.13 22.38
10.000 19.00 1.81 - 3.005 24 24.50 5.88 5.88 1.70 15.28 21.03 4.50 7.50 18.13 12.13 22.63
9.000 22.00 2.06 - 3.00 5
24 26.50 6.88 6.88 1.70 16.45 22.65 4.25 7.25 21.13 15.13 25.38
18.00
10.000 22.00 2.06 - 3.005 24 26.50 6.88 6.88 1.70 16.45 22.65 4.50 7.50 21.13 15.13 25.63
20.00 10.000 24.00 2.06 - 3.005 24 29.00 7.88 7.88 1.70 18.07 24.87 4.50 7.50 23.63 17.63 28.13
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions.
3
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
4
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi
5
3.00 SAE flange port is rated at 2000 psi

Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern

A DIA.

Nom. A Q GG W X Z-THD AA SAE

Flange UNC- Min.
Q Size 2B
W 2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40
HEAD
3 3.00 4.188 2.438 2.09 1.22 5/8-11 1.19 48
OR CAP
X
Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
DEPTH AA

55 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Fixed Clevis Mounting ZC + STROKE
Contents Style BB (Model 84) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MP1) WF LG + STROKE
EE 1
Ø CD

LR

4 E
Ø MM 2 SQ.
MR

PIVOT PIN
FURNISHED
G J K WITH CYLINDER 3
L
XC + STROKE CW CW
CB
Style BB (Model 84) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore MM CB CD4 Ø CW E EE Ports G J K L LR MR WF Y Add Stroke
Ø Rod +.000 NPTF1 SAE SAE Max. LG P XC ZC
Ø -.002 Flange Straight
Port2 Thread
Port3
4.500 4.00 3.501 2.00 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 4.00 3.38 3.50 2.94 4.75 12.13 8.50 19.06 22.56
10.00" - 20.00" Bore

5.000 4.00 3.501 2.00 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 4.00 3.38 3.50 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 19.31 22.81
10.00
HV Series

5.500 4.00 3.501 2.00 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 4.00 3.38 3.50 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 19.31 22.81
C

7.000 4.00 3.501 2.00 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 4.00 3.38 3.50 3.50 5.31 12.13 8.50 19.63 23.13
5.500 4.50 4.001 2.25 14.88 2.50 2.505 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.50 3.88 4.00 3.19 5.38 14.50 10.13 22.19 26.19
12.00 7.000 4.50 4.001 2.25 14.88 2.50 2.505 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.50 3.88 4.00 3.50 5.69 14.50 10.13 22.50 26.50
8.000 4.50 4.001 2.25 14.88 2.50 2.505 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.50 3.88 4.00 4.00 6.19 14.50 10.13 23.00 27.00
7.000 6.00 5.001 3.00 17.13 2.50 2.505 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 5.75 4.19 5.00 3.50 5.88 15.63 10.88 24.88 29.88
14.00 8.000 6.00 5.001 3.00 17.13 2.50 2.505 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 5.75 4.19 5.00 4.00 6.38 15.63 10.88 25.38 30.38
10.000 6.00 5.001 3.00 17.13 2.50 2.505 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 5.75 4.19 5.00 4.50 6.88 15.63 10.88 25.88 30.88
8.000 7.00 6.001 3.50 19.00 - 3.006 24 5.88 5.88 1.70 7.00 6.25 6.00 4.00 7.00 18.13 12.13 29.13 35.13
16.00 9.000 7.00 6.001 3.50 19.00 - 3.006 24 5.88 5.88 1.70 7.00 6.25 6.00 4.25 7.25 18.13 12.13 29.38 35.38
10.000 7.00 6.001 3.50 19.00 - 3.006 24 5.88 5.88 1.70 7.00 6.25 6.00 4.50 7.50 18.13 12.13 29.63 35.63
9.000 8.00 6.501 4.00 22.00 - 3.006 24 6.88 6.88 1.70 7.63 6.75 6.50 4.25 7.25 21.13 15.13 33.00 39.50
18.00
10.000 8.00 6.501 4.00 22.00 - 3.006 24 6.88 6.88 1.70 7.63 6.75 6.50 4.50 7.50 21.13 15.13 33.25 39.75
20.00 10.000 9.00 7.501 4.50 24.00 - 3.006 24 7.88 7.88 1.70 8.75 7.75 7.50 4.50 7.50 23.63 17.63 36.88 44.38
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions.
3
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
4
Diameter CD is pin diameter.
5
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi
6
3.00 SAE flange port is rated at 2000 psi

Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern

A DIA.

Nom. A Q GG W Z-THD
X AA SAE
Flange UNC- Min.
Q Size 2B
W 2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40
HEAD 3 3.00 4.188 2.438 2.09 1.22 5/8-11 1.19 48
OR CAP
X
Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
DEPTH AA

56 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Head Trunnion Mounting
ZB + STROKE
Contents Style D (Model 81) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MT1) UT WF LG + STROKE
1 EE

.125R MAX.

E 4
SQ.ØTD 2 Ø MM

3
G J K
TL TL XG

Style D (Model 81) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore MM E Ports (EE) G J K TD Ø TL UT WF XG Y Add Stroke
Ø Rod NPTF1 SAE SAE Max. +.000 LG P ZB
Ø Flange Straight -.001 Max.
Port2 Thread
Port3
4.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 19.63 2.94 4.75 4.75 12.13 8.50 16.49

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

5.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 19.63 3.19 5.00 5.00 12.13 8.50 16.74
10.00

HV Series
5.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 19.63 3.19 5.00 5.00 12.13 8.50 16.74

C
7.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 19.63 3.50 5.31 5.31 12.13 8.50 17.05
5.500 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.000 4.00 22.88 3.19 5.38 5.38 14.50 10.13 19.24
12.00 7.000 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.000 4.00 22.88 3.50 5.69 5.69 14.50 10.13 19.55
8.000 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.000 4.00 22.88 4.00 6.19 6.19 14.50 10.13 20.05
7.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.500 4.50 26.13 3.50 5.94 5.88 15.63 10.88 20.68
14.00 8.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.500 4.50 26.13 4.00 6.44 6.38 15.63 10.88 21.18
10.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.500 4.50 26.13 4.50 6.94 6.88 15.63 10.88 21.68
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions.
3
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
4
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi

Style D (Model 81) – Maximum Operating Pressure

Bore psi
Ø
10.00 2800
12.00 2350
14.00 2200

Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern

A DIA.

Nom. A Q GG W X Z-THD AA SAE

Flange UNC- Min.
Q Size 2B
W
2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40
HEAD
OR CAP
X
Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
DEPTH AA

57 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Cap Trunnion Mounting ZB + STROKE
Contents Style DB (Model 82) Y P + STROKE
(NFPA Style MT2) UT WF LG + STROKE
1 EE

.125R MAX.

E 4 Ø MM
SQ.ØTD 2

3 G J K
TL TL
XJ
Style DB (Model 82) – Dimensional and Mounting Data
Bore MM E Ports (EE) G J K TD Ø TL UT WF Y Add Stroke
Ø Rod NPTF1 SAE SAE Max. +.000 LG P XJ ZB
Ø Flange Straight -.001 Max.
Port2 Thread
Port3

4.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 19.63 2.94 4.75 12.13 8.50 13.38 16.49
10.00" - 20.00" Bore

5.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 19.63 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 13.63 16.74
10.00
HV Series

5.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 19.63 3.19 5.00 12.13 8.50 13.63 16.74
C

7.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 19.63 3.50 5.31 12.13 8.50 13.94 17.05
5.500 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.000 4.00 22.88 3.19 5.38 14.50 10.13 15.50 19.24
12.00 7.000 14.88 2.50 2.50 4
24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.000 4.00 22.88 3.50 5.69 14.50 10.13 15.81 19.55
8.000 14.88 2.50 2.504 24 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.000 4.00 22.88 4.00 6.19 14.50 10.13 16.31 20.05
7.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.500 4.50 26.13 3.50 5.88 15.63 10.88 16.69 20.68
14.00 8.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.500 4.50 26.13 4.00 6.38 15.63 10.88 17.19 21.18
10.000 17.13 2.50 2.504 24 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.500 4.50 26.13 4.50 6.88 15.63 10.88 17.69 21.68
1
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
2
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions.
3
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by port number.
4
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi

Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern Style DB – Maximum

Operating Pressure
A DIA.
Bore psi
Ø
Q 10.00 2800
W 12.00 2350
14.00 2200
HEAD
OR CAP
X
Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
DEPTH AA

Nom. A Q GG W X Z-THD AA SAE

Flange UNC- Min.
Size 2B
2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40

58 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Mounting Information HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View
Table of Intermediate Fixed Trunnion Mounting ZB + STROKE
Contents Style DD (Model 89) Y P+ STROKE
WF LG+ STROKE
(NFPA Style MT4) UM
EE
1

.125R MAX.

4 2 E
T Y ØTD Ø MM
SQ. UW

3 G J K
5
TL TM TL XI
BD

Style DD (Model 89) – Dimensional and Mounting Data

Bore MM E EE Ports BD G J K TD Ø TL TM TY UM UW WF Min. Y Add Stroke
Ø Rod Max. +.000 XI5
NPTF1 SAE SAE LG P ZB
Ø -.001 Styles
Flge. Str. Max.
2&4
Port2 Thr.
Port3
4.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 4.50 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 14.00 13.00 21.00 17.50 2.94 9.06 4.75 12.13 8.50 16.49

10.00" - 20.00" Bore

5.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 4.50 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 14.00 13.00 21.00 17.50 3.19 9.31 5.00 12.13 8.50 16.74
10.00

HV Series
5.500 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 4.50 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 14.00 13.00 21.00 17.50 3.19 9.31 5.00 12.13 8.50 16.74

C
7.000 12.63 2.00 2.00 24 4.50 3.69 3.69 1.17 3.500 3.50 14.00 13.00 21.00 17.50 3.50 9.63 5.31 12.13 8.50 17.05
5.500 14.88 2.50 2.506 24 5.50 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.000 4.00 16.50 15.50 24.50 20.75 3.19 10.63 5.38 14.50 10.13 19.24
12.00 7.000 14.88 2.50 2.506 24 5.50 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.000 4.00 16.50 15.50 24.50 20.75 3.50 10.94 5.69 14.50 10.13 19.55
8.000 14.88 2.50 2.506 24 5.50 4.44 4.44 1.30 4.000 4.00 16.50 15.50 24.50 20.75 4.00 11.50 6.19 14.50 10.13 20.05
7.000 17.13 2.50 2.506 24 5.50 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.500 4.50 19.50 19.25 28.50 24.75 3.50 11.44 5.88 15.63 10.88 20.68
14.00 8.000 17.13 2.50 2.506 24 5.50 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.500 4.50 19.50 19.25 28.50 24.75 4.00 11.94 6.38 15.63 10.88 21.18
10.000 17.13 2.50 2.506 24 5.50 4.88 4.88 1.30 4.500 4.50 19.50 19.25 28.50 24.75 4.50 12.44 6.88 15.63 10.88 21.68
8.000 19.00 4
3.007 24 4
5.88 5.88 1.70 4 4 4 4 4 4
4.00 4
7.00 18.13 12.13 24.08
16.00 9.000 19.00 4
3.007 24 4
5.88 5.88 1.70 4 4 4 4 4 4
4.25 4
7.25 18.13 12.13 24.33
10.000 19.00 4
3.007 24 4
5.88 5.88 1.70 4 4 4 4 4 4
4.50 4
7.50 18.13 12.13 24.58
9.000 22.00 4
3.007 24 4
6.88 6.88 1.70 4 4 4 4 4 4
4.25 4
7.25 21.13 15.13 27.33
18.00
10.000 22.00 4
3.007 24 4
6.88 6.88 1.70 4 4 4 4 4 4
4.50 4
7.50 21.13 15.13 27.58
20.00 10.000 24.00 4
3.007 24 4
7.88 7.88 1.70 4 4 4 4 4 4
4.50 4
7.50 23.63 17.63 30.08
NPTF ports are available at no extra charge.
1 4
Consult Factory
Optional SAE flange ports may be specified – flange to be supplied by
2 5
Dimension XI to be specified by customer. Reference point
customer. See Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern table for dimensions. for rod end Style 9 is end of piston rod.
SAE straight thread ports are standard and are indicated by
3 6
2.50 SAE flange port is rated at 2500 psi
port number. 7
3.00 SAE flange port is rated at 2000 psi

Optional SAE Flange Port Pattern Style DD (Model 89) –

Maximum Operating Pressure
A DIA.
Bore psi
Ø
Q 10.00 2800
W 12.00 2350
14.00 2200
HEAD
OR CAP
X
Z-4 HOLES
GG FULL THREAD
DEPTH AA

Nom. A Q GG W X Z-THD AA SAE

Flange UNC- Min.
Size 2B
2 2.00 3.062 1.688 1.53 0.84 1/2-13 1.06 32
2 1/2 2.50 3.500 2.000 1.75 1.00 1/2-13 1.19 40
3 3.00 4.188 2.438 2.09 1.22 5/8-11 1.19 48

59 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Double Rod Models HV Series 10.00" - 20.00" Bore
View Double Rod Cylinder
Table of
Contents
ZM + 2 x STROKE
ZB + STROKE
Y P + STROKE
WF LG + STROKE
EE

ØMM

G G K
Rod End #1 SW SU Rod End #2
SU SW
XS SS + STROKE
10.00" - 20.00" Bore
HV Series

Mounting Styles Mounting Styles Dimension Shown on Bore Rod Rod Add 2X
C

for Single Rod for Corresponding This Page Supplement Ø Code Ø Stroke
Models Double Rod Dimensions on Pages ZM
Models1 Listed Below 1 4.500 18.00
2 7.000 19.12
TB KTB 50 10.00
3 5.000 18.50
TD KTD 50
C KC 51 4 5.500 18.50
JJ KJJ 52 1 5.500 20.88
JB KJB 53 12.00 2 8.000 22.50
D KD 57 3 7.000 21.50
DD KDD2 59 1 7.000 22.63
If only one end of these Double Rod Cylinders is to be cushioned, be .
1 14.00 2 10.000 24.63
sure to specify clearly which end this will be. 3 8.000 23.63
Specify XI dimension from rod end #1.
2
1 8.000 26.13
16.00 3 9.000 26.63
4 10.000 27.13
1 9.000 29.63
18.00 3 10.000 30.13
20.00 1 10.000 32.63

How to Use Double Rod Cylinder

Dimension Drawings
To obtain dimensioning information on a double rod provide the additional information needed to completely
cylinder, first select the desired mounting style and refer dimension a double rod cylinder model.
to the corresponding single rod cylinder model shown on On a double rod cylinder where the two rod ends are
the preceding pages. (See table above.) After you have different, be sure to clearly state which rod end is to be
determined all necessary dimensions from that drawing, assembled at which end. Port position 1 is standard. If
turn back to this page and supplement those dimensions other than standard, specify pos. 2, 3 or 4 when viewed
with additional ones from the drawing above and table at from rod end #1 only.
right. These added dimensions differ from, or are in
addition to, those shown on the preceding pages and

60 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Section D Overview Engineering Data
View

Section D
Table of
Contents

Engineering Data
Common & Custom Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-63 Stroke Data / Mounting Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Push & Pull Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-65 Stop Tubing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Global Shield™ Rod Coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Piston Rod Selection Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76-78
Cylinder Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Cushioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79-84
Operating Fluids and Seals / Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Support Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Fluids and Temperature Range / Pressure Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Cylinder Safety Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-87
Piston & Bushing Friction / Piston Orifice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-71 Offer of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-73

Rod Extension Dimensions for Buffer Seal Glands

Buffer Seal glands are from 0.31" to 0.81" longer (see Bore Rod
MM Gland V1 VF W1 WF WG2
table at right) than glands without a Buffer Seal. The Ø No.
Rod Length
longer gland causes the piston rod to extend beyond Ø Increase
its location for a standard gland. A differentiating rod 1.50
1 (Std.) 0.625 Buffer Seal Not Available in 0.625” Rod
end style 4B vs. 4, 9B vs. 9 etc. must also be specified 2 1.000 0.31 0.81 0.83 1.31 1.69 2.38
when selecting the Buffer Seal gland option. Rod end 1 (Std.) 1.000 0.31 0.56 0.83 1.06 1.69 2.38
2.00
extension dimensions – V, VF, W, WF and WG – for 2 1.375 0.38 0.75 1.02 1.38 2.00 2.75
Buffer Seal rod end styles are in the table at right. All 1 (Std.) 1.000 0.31 0.56 0.83 1.06 1.69 2.38
other rod end dimensions are unchanged and can be 2.50 2 1.750 0.44 0.94 0.97 1.69 2.31 3.13
found on the Piston Rod Ends page for each series. 3 1.375 0.38 0.75 1.02 1.38 2.00 2.75
1 (Std.) 1.375 0.38 0.63 1.02 1.25 2.00 2.75
3.25 2 2.000 0.44 0.81 0.97 1.69 2.44 3.75

Engineering Data
3 1.750 0.44 0.81 0.97 1.56 2.31 3.13
1 (Std.) 1.750 0.44 0.69 0.97 1.44 2.31 3.13

D
4.00 2 2.500 0.44 0.81 1.09 1.81 2.69 4.50
Style 4B – Style 8B –
3 2.000 0.44 0.69 0.97 1.56 2.44 3.75
Small Male Intermediate Male
1 (Std.) 2.000 0.44 0.69 0.97 1.56 2.44 3.75
WF WF 2 3.500 0.44 0.81 0.78 1.81 2.69 5.63
5.00
VF VF 3 2.500 0.44 0.81 1.09 1.81 2.69 4.50
4 3.000 0.44 0.81 0.85 1.81 2.69 4.88
Ø MM Ø MM 1 (Std.) 2.500 0.44 0.69 1.09 1.69 2.69 4.50
2 4.000 0.44 0.69 0.78 1.69 2.69 5.75
6.00
3 3.000 0.44 0.69 0.85 1.69 2.69 4.88
4 3.500 0.44 0.69 0.78 1.69 2.69 5.63
1 (Std.) 3.000 0.44 1.06 0.84 1.69 2.69 4.88
2 5.000 0.81 1.15 1.15 2.06 3.06 6.63
Style 9B – Style 55B – 7.00 3 3.500 0.44 1.07 0.78 1.69 2.69 5.63
Short Female Flanged Rod End 4 4.000 0.44 0.94 0.78 1.69 2.69 5.75
WF
5 4.500 0.44 0.94 0.78 1.69 2.69 6.50
WG
VF VF 1 (Std.) 3.500 0.44 1.06 0.78 1.69 2.69 5.63
2 5.500 0.81 1.15 1.15 2.06 3.06 7.50
Ø MM
8.00 3 4.000 0.44 0.94 0.78 1.69 2.69 5.75
Ø MM
4 4.500 0.44 0.94 0.78 1.69 2.69 6.50
5 5.000 0.81 1.15 1.15 2.06 3.06 6.63
1
‘V’ and “W’ dimensions are for Mounting Styles J & JB and tie rod
retained gland styles.
2
The ‘WG’ dimension for Buffer Seal Glands matches the ‘WG’ for
standard glands.

61 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Common & Custom Modifications Engineering Data
View
Table of Modifications: The following modifications can be Rod End Boots
Contents supplied on most Miller cylinders. Cylinders have a hardened bearing surface on the
piston rod to resist external damage, and are equipped
Metallic Rod Scraper with the high efficiency “Wiperseal” to remove external
When specified metallic rod scrapers can be supplied dust and dirt. Exposed piston rods that are subjected
instead of the standard synthetic rubber wiperseal. to contaminants with air hardening properties, such as
Recommended in applications where contaminants tend paint, should be protected. In such applications, the use
to cling to the extended piston rod and would damage of a collapsing cover should be considered. This is
the synthetic rubber wiperseal. Installation of metallic rod commonly referred to as a “boot”. Calculate the longer
scraper does not affect cylinder dimensions. It is rod end required to accommodate the collapsed length
available at extra cost. of the boot from the following data.
Miller Crown Wiper™ for Series HV LF .13 .13 .13 .13 .13 .13 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10
and 7.00" & 8.00" bore OD 2.25 2.63 3.00 3.38 3.75 4.38 5.13 5.63 6.25 7.00 7.50
For environments that contain fine abrasive particulate MM .625 1.000 1.375 1.750 2.000 2.500 3.000 3.500 4.000 5.000 5.500
specify the Crown Wiper option. The Crown Wiper is a
proven superior alternative to piston rod end boots or To determine extra length .50 .63
metallic wipers that can ingest particulate. It has a sharp of piston rod required to
accommodate boot, calculate
leading edge to effectively clean the piston rod and a
BL = Stroke x LF + 1.13" 
beveled shape to prevent contaminant intrusion by
BL + Std. W or WF + A = length
channeling it away from the bushing. It also acts as a of piston rod to extend beyond ØMM OD
secondary seal to wipe clean any oil film adhering to the the retainer.
rod on the extend stroke. NOTE: Check all Boot O.D’s
against std. “E” dimension from
Standard Crown Wiper material for Seal Class 1 and catalog. This may be critical on
4 service is durable polyurethane. Optional FKM foot mounted cylinders.
BL
material is available for Class 5 service. The Crown
Wiper requires a unique bushing but does not change Bushing Drain
cylinder mounting dimensions Hydraulic fluids tend to adhere to the piston rods, during
the extend stroke, and an accumulation of fluid can
collect in the cavity behind the bushing wiperseal on long
Engineering Data

stroke cylinders.
Crown Wiper A 1/8" NPTF bushing drain port can be provided in the
D

bushing retainer. A passage in the bushing between the

wiperseal and lipseal is provided to drain off any accu-
mulation of fluid between the seals. See drawing below.
It is recommended that the bushing drain port be piped
back to the fluid reservoir and that the reservoir be
located below the level of the head of the cylinder.
On 1.50" bore with 0.625" rod the drain port is located
in the head adjacent to the port. The retainer thickness
on 1.50" bore with
1.000" rod and bush-
ing drain is increased
to 0.63". On 2.00"-
8.00" bore sizes the
drain port is located
in the retainer as
shown. On Style JJ
with bushing drain,
the drain port is in
the head.
Air Bleeds
In most hydraulic circuits, cylinders are considered
self-bleeding when cycled full stroke. If air bleeds are
required and specified, 1/8" NPTF Air Bleed Ports for
venting air can be provided at both ends of the cylinder
body, or on the head or cap. To order, specify “Bleed
Port”, and indicate position desired.

62 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Common & Custom Modifications Engineering Data
View Thrust Key Mountings
Table of
Contents Thrust key mountings eliminate the need of using fitted
bolts or external keys on side mounted cylinders.
Miller cylinders in mounting styles CP and FP can be
provided with the bushing retainer plate extended below
the mounting side of the cylinder (see illustration below).
This extended retainer plate can then be fitted into a
keyway milled into the mounting surface of the machine
Tie Rod Supports member. This is referred to as the “P” Modification of
Rigidity of Envelope – Miller heavy duty hydraulic any side mounting style.
cylinders have advantages in rigidity within the limits of
the cylinder tube to resist buckling. For long stroke tie
W
rod cylinders, within practical limits, Miller provides Tie
Rod Supports (see table below) that move the tie rod
centerlines radially outward.
PD
Standard tie rod supports are kept within the envelope
dimensions of the head and cap, and generally do not INTEGRAL KEY PA
interfere with mounting a long cylinder. FA, FT

Bore FA FT PA PD
Ø Mtg. Styles
CP & FP
-.002
Stroke (Inches) .361 +.000
-.001
Supports Required

Bore 1.50 .312 0.19 1.44

+.000
Ø 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168
.611 -.001 -.002
Number of

1.50 — — 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 2.00 .562 0.31 1.81

+.000 +.000
2.00 — — — 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2.50 -.001 -.002 0.31
.611 +.000 .562
+.000 2.06
2.50 — — — — — 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
3.25 3.25 -.001 -.003 0.38
— — — — — — — 1 1 1 1 1 .736 +.000 .687
+.000 2.63
4.00 — — — — — —W — — — 1 1 1 -.003
4.00 .861 +.000
-.001 .812
+.000 0.44 2.94
Note: 5.00" through 14.00" bore sizes — no supports required.
5.00 .861 +.000
-.001 -.003
.812 0.44 3.69

Engineering Data
Stroke Adjusters +.000
PD or

PA
PE

For the requirement where adjusting the stroke is 6.00 .986 +.000
-.001 -.003
.937 0.50 4.25
+.000

D
specified. Miller has several designs to offer, one of -.003
which is illustrated below. This is FA
INTEGRAL KEY
suitable for infrequent 7.00 .986 +.000
-.001 .937
+.000
0.50 4.75
adjustment and is economical 1. 8.00 .986 +.000
-.001 -.003
.937 0.50 5.25
+.000
Bore D J K L
Ø (Max.) Metric Piston Rod Thread
1.50 1
/2 - 20 0.31 0.94 5 The table below lists the standard thread supplied when
2.00 3
/4 - 16 0.44 1.25 8 Piston Rod Thread type M is specified in the cylinder
2.50, 3.25 1 - 14 0.63 1.69 9 model code.
4.00 11/2 - 12 0.94 2.13 18 MM Thread A
5.00 2 - 12 0.94 2.69 20 Rod Style Styles
6.00 21/2 - 12 1.69 3.13 20 Ø 8M 4M & 9M
7.00 3 - 12 2.00 3.25 20 CC KK
8.00 31/2 - 12 2.38 3.50 20 0.625 M12x1.5 M10x1.5 0.75
Here a “retracting 1.000 M22x1.5 M20x1.5 1.13
stroke adjuster” SEAL FOR THREADS 1" & UP 1.375 M30x2 M26x1.5 1.63
STOP PIN
must be called for in 1.750 M39x2 M33x2 2.00
D-THREADS 2.000 M45x2 M39x2 2.25
specifications, and
2.500 M56x2 M48x2 3.00
the length of the
3.000 M68x2 M58x2 3.50
adjustment must be WRENCH
J- SQUARE 3.500 M76x2 M64x2 3.50
specified.
4.000 M95x2 M76x2 4.00
SEAL FOR 1/2
Where frequent L K(MIN.) & 3/4 THREADS 4.500 M110x2 M80x2 4.50
adjustment or cushions 5.000 M110x2 M90x2 5.00
at the cap end are required, other designs are available 5.500 M130x2 M100x2 5.50
according to application needs. 7.000 - M125x4 7.00
1
Infrequent is defined by positioning the retract stroke in a couple of 8.000 - M140x4 8.00
attempts at original machine set up. The frequent stroke adjuster is 9.000 - M160x4 9.00
recommended for adjustmentsW required after the original equipment 10.000 - M180x4 10.00
has been adjusted by the original machine manufacturer.
PA
PD

63 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
INTEGRAL KEY
FT
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Push Forces Engineering Data
View Theoretical Push Forces for Hydraulic Cylinders
Table of
Contents Cylinder Piston Area Cylinder Push Stroke Force in Pounds at Various Pressures
Bore (Sq. In.)
Ø
100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 3000
1.50 1.77 177 443 885 1770 2651 3540 5310
2.00 3.14 314 785 1570 3140 4712 6280 9420
2.50 4.91 491 1228 2455 4910 7363 9820 14730
3.25 8.30 830 2075 4150 8300 12444 16600 24900
4.00 12.57 1257 3143 6285 12570 18850 25140 37710
5.00 19.64 1964 4910 9820 19640 29453 39280 58920
6.00 28.27 2827 7068 14135 28270 42412 56540 84810
7.00 38.49 3849 9623 19245 38490 57727 76980 115470
8.00 50.27 5027 12568 25135 50270 75398 100540 150810
10.00 78.54 7854 19635 39270 78540 117810 157080 235620
12.00 113.10 11310 28275 56550 113100 169650 226200 339300
14.00 153.94 15394 38485 76970 153940 230910 307880 461820
16.00 201.06 20106 50265 100530 201060 301590 402120 603180
18.00 254.47 25447 63620 127230 254470 381700 508940 763410
20.00 314.16 31416 78540 157080 314160 471240 628320 942480

General Formula
The cylinder output forces are derived from the formula:
F = P x A
Engineering Data

Where F = Force in pounds.

D

P = Pressure at the cylinder in

pounds per square inch, gauge.
A = Effective area of cylinder piston
in square inches.

64 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Pull Forces Engineering Data
View
Table of Theoretical Pull Forces for Hydraulic Cylinders
Contents
Cylinder Piston Piston Cylinder Pull Force in Pounds
Bore Rod Rod Area at Various Pressures (psi)
Ø Ø (Sq. In.)
100 250 500 1000 1500 2000 3000
0.625 0.307 146 365 730 1460 2190 2920 4380
1.50
1.000 0.785 98 245 491 982 1473 1964 2946
1.000 0.785 236 589 1178 2355 3533 4710 7065
2.00
1.375 1.48 166 414 828 1655 2483 3310 4965
1.000 0.785 413 1031 2063 4125 6188 8250 12375
2.50 1.375 1.48 343 856 1713 3425 5138 6850 10275
1.750 2.41 250 625 1250 2500 3750 5000 7500
1.375 1.48 682 1704 3408 6815 10223 13630 20445
3.25 1.750 2.41 589 1473 2945 5890 8835 11780 17670
2.000 3.14 516 1290 2580 5160 7740 10320 15480
1.750 2.41 1016 2540 5080 10160 15240 20320 30480
4.00 2.000 3.14 943 2358 4715 9430 14145 18860 28290
2.500 4.91 766 1915 3830 7660 11490 15320 22980
2.000 3.14 1650 4125 8250 16500 24750 33000 49500
2.500 4.91 1473 3683 7365 14730 22095 29460 44190
5.00
3.000 7.07 1257 3143 6285 12570 18855 25140 37710
3.500 9.62 1002 2505 5010 10020 15030 20040 30060
2.500 4.91 2336 5840 11680 23360 35040 46720 70080
3.000 7.07 2120 5300 10600 21200 31800 42400 63600
6.00
3.500 9.62 1865 4663 9325 18650 27975 37300 55950
4.000 12.57 1570 3925 7850 15700 23550 31400 47100
3.000 7.07 3142 7855 15710 31420 47130 62840 94260
3.500 9.62 2887 7218 14435 28870 43305 57740 86610

Engineering Data
7.00 4.000 12.57 2592 6480 12960 25920 38880 51840 77760
4.500 15.90 2259 5648 11295 22590 33885 45180 67770

D
5.000 19.63 1886 4715 9430 18860 28290 37720 56580
3.500 9.62 4065 10163 20325 40650 60975 81300 121950
4.000 12.57 3770 9425 18850 37700 56550 75400 113100
8.00 4.500 15.90 3437 8593 17185 34370 51555 68740 103110
5.000 19.63 3064 7660 15320 30640 45960 61280 91920
5.500 23.76 2651 6628 13255 26510 39765 53020 79530
4.500 15.90 6264 15660 31320 62640 93960 125280 187920
5.000 19.63 5891 14728 29455 58910 88365 117820 176730
10.00
5.500 23.76 5478 13695 27390 54780 82170 109560 164340
7.000 38.48 4006 10015 20030 40060 60090 80120 120180
5.500 23.76 8934 22335 44670 89340 134010 178680 268020
12.00 7.000 38.48 7462 18655 37310 74620 111930 149240 223860
8.000 50.26 6284 15710 31420 62840 94260 125680 188520
7.000 38.48 11546 28865 57730 115460 173190 230920 346380
14.00 8.000 50.26 10368 25920 51840 103680 155520 207360 311040
10.000 78.54 7540 18850 37700 75400 113100 150800 226200
8.000 50.26 15080 37700 75400 150800 226200 301600 452400
16.00 9.000 63.62 13744 34360 68720 137440 206160 274880 412320
10.000 78.54 12252 30630 61260 122520 183780 245040 367560
9.000 63.62 19085 47713 95425 190850 286275 381700 572550
18.00
10.000 78.54 17593 43983 87965 175930 263895 351860 527790
20.00 10.000 78.54 23562 58905 117810 235620 353430 471240 706860

65 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Global Shield™ Rod Coating Engineering Data
View
Table of
Global Shield™ Rod Coating Technology
Contents
A Dramatically Different Approach to Resisting Corrosion
Miller’s Global Shield rod coating technology is The value that you will receive from Global Shield
specifically designed to address corrosion resistance includes:
requirements of challenging industrial applications. • Less Downtime from reduced maintenance intervals
When compared to traditional rod coatings, Global (cylinder repairs and seal replacements)
Shield has the following advantages:
• Longer Seal Life in corrosive environments
• Significantly Improved Corrosion Resistance from
the single-layer, fully dense, submicron structure and • Lower Service Costs since you won’t need to replace
the lack of micro cracks inherent to chrome plating. the piston rod due to corrosion
• Lower Friction
• Ductile and Tough so when the rod bends, it does too
• Engineered Hardness (HRC 54 minimum) for
wear-resistance

ATSM B117 Salt Spray

Corrosion Performance Testing (hours) ASTM B368 CASS
Calcium Chloride Spray Now at
Miller’s Global Shield Coating Magnesium Chloride Spray 3,000 hours!

Hard Chrome

Nitride
Engineering Data

Electroless Nickel
D

Hard Chrome over Electroless Nickel

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 3000

Performance Validated in the Lab and in the field

This breakthrough proprietary technology, owned and Global Shield coating have demonstrated resistance to
manufactured by Parker Hannifin Corporation, has been corrosion up to 8x longer than conventional coatings.
thoroughly tested in the lab and in the field to validate Tests also confirm leak-free performance even after 1
performance in the areas of corrosion and dynamic million cycles and 2,000 hours of salt spray.
wear resistance. Cylinders protected with Miller’s

Availability How to Order

• Rod diameters from ½" to 15" Enter an ‘S’ in the Special Modifications field of the
• Rod lengths to 13 feet model number and specify Global Shield Piston Rod
Coating. Unless otherwise specified, standard 0.001"
• Standard thickness – 0.001" thickness will be supplied.
Up to 0.020" available; corrosion protection increases
as the thickness increases For additional Global Shield information see
Bulletin HY08-0896.
• Standard substrate – 1045/1050 carbon steel
Other substrates available

66 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Cylinder Weights Engineering Data
View The weights shown below are for standard Series piston rod weights per inch shown in Table C. Weights of
Table of HV hydraulic cylinders equipped with various diameter cylinders with intermediate rods may be estimated from
Contents
piston rods. To determine the net weights of a cylinder, table below by taking the difference between the piston
first select the proper basic weight for zero stroke, then rod weights per inch and adding it to the Code 1 weight
calculate the weight of the cylinder stroke and add the for the cylinder bore size involved.
result to the basic weight. For extra rod extension use

Table A Cylinder Weights, in pounds, for Series HV (7.00" & 8.00") hydraulic cylinders
Bore Rod Rod Single Rod Cylinders Add Per Double Rod Cylinders Add Per
Ø Ø Code Basic Weight Zero Stroke Inch Basic Weight Zero Stroke Inch
F, H, HB, J, JB BB, C, D, DB, DD, of Stroke KF, KJ KJB KC, KD, KDD, of Stroke
T, TB, TC, TD DE, HH, JJ, SB, SE KT, KTB, KTD KDE, KJJ
0.625 1 7.8 9.0 0.5 9.7 10.8 0.6
1.50
1.000 2 8.4 9.3 0.6 9.1 10.7 0.8
1.000 1 11.6 13.2 0.8 14.6 16.8 1.0
2.00
1.375 2 13.5 17.1 1.0 19.4 20.6 1.4
1.000 1 17.0 19.5 1.1 21.0 24.5 1.3
2.50
1.750 2 22.5 25.5 1.5 27.0 30.0 2.2
1.375 1 32.0 41.0 1.8 43.0 52.0 2.2
3.25
2.000 2 37.0 46.0 2.2 48.0 57.0 3.1
1.750 1 48.0 53.0 2.5 59.0 63.0 3.2
4.00
2.500 2 52.0 58.0 3.2 92.0 97.0 4.6
2.000 1 76.0 82.0 3.4 96.0 102.0 4.8
5.00
3.500 2 88.0 86.0 5.2 117.0 123.0 7.9
2.500 1 125.0 133.0 5.2 153.0 159.0 6.6
6.00
4.000 2 133.0 140.0 7.3 182.0 190.0 10.9
3.000 1 233.0 242.0 6.7 320.0 339.0 8.7
7.00
5.000 2 240.0 253.0 10.3 341.0 360.0 15.9
3.500 1 262.0 276.0 9.0 323.0 331.0 11.7
8.00
5.500 2 300.0 309.0 13.0 390.0 411.0 19.7
Table B Cylinder Weights, in pounds, for Series HV large bore hydraulic cylinders
Bore Rod Rod Single Rod Cylinders Double Rod Cylinders
Ø Ø Code Basic Weight Zero Stroke

Engineering Data
Basic Weight Zero Add Per
D, DB DD, JJ, JB, HB BB, C Add Per Inch Stroke Add to Inch of

D
HH of Stroke All Mounting Styles Stroke
4.500 1 562 646 684 607 15 43 20
10.00 5.000 3 574 656 695 619 16 50 21
5.500 4 583 667 705 628 17 64 24
7.000 2 620 704 742 665 21 101 32
5.500 1 924 1057 1136 1000 22 64 29
12.00 7.000 3 961 1094 1173 1036 26 101 37
8.000 2 1022 1155 1234 1097 29 162 43
7.000 1 1335 1520 1582 1485 28 101 39
14.00 8.000 3 1396 1581 1643 1546 31 162 45
10.000 2 1496 1681 1743 1646 39 262 61

Bore Rod Rod Single Rod Cylinders Double Rod Cylinders

Ø Ø Code Basic Weight Zero Stroke Basic Weight Zero Add Per Inch
JJ, HH JB, HB BB Add Per Inch Stroke Add to of Stroke
of Stroke All Mounting Styles
8.000 1 2073 2257 2226 35 149 49
16.00 9.000 3 2122 2305 2275 39 198 57
10.000 4 2181 2364 2334 43 257 65
9.000 1 3165 3256 3330 45 198 63
18.00 10.000 3 3224 3315 3390 50 257 72
20.00 10.000 1 4231 4406 4551 57 257 79

Table C Extra weight for longer than standard rod extensions can be calculated from the table below.
Rod Ø Piston Rod Weight Per Inch Rod Ø Piston Rod Weight Per Inch Rod Ø Piston Rod Weight Per Inch
0.625 0.09 2.500 1.40 5.000 5.56
1.000 0.22 3.000 2.00 5.500 6.72
1.375 0.42 3.500 2.72 7.000 10.89
1.750 0.68 4.000 3.56 8.000 14.22
2.000 0.89 4.500 4.51 10.000 22.23

67 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Operating Fluids and Seals / Temperature Engineering Data
View Operating Fluids and Temperature Range temperature range of +40°F (+4°C) to +120°F (+49°C). Class 6 seals
Table of Fluidpower cylinders are designed for use with pressurized air, are special nitrile compound dynamic seals. Because of the viscosity
Contents hydraulic oil and fire resistant fluids, in some cases special seals are of these fluids, cylinders specified with class 6 seals, will also be
required. modified to have straight cushions.
Class 1 – Standard Seals Class 8 – High Temperature Seals
Class 1 seals are intended for use with fluids such as: air, nitrogen, Class 8 seals consist of filled PTFE piston seal, rod seals and
mineral base hydraulic oil or MIL-H-5606 within the temperature range wiperseal. They are intended for high temperature applications, to
of -10°F (-23°C) to +165°F (+74°C). Generally they are nitrile except for 400° F (204° C), where longer seal life and improved high temperature
piston rod seals in hydraulic cylinders. However the individual seals sealing performance is required. Minimum operating temperature is
may be nitrile (Buna-N) enhanced polyurethane, polymyte, PTFE or -15°F (-26°C). Body and bushing o-ring seals will be fluorocarbon. Fluid
filled PTFE. resistance is comparable to Class 5. Cylinders incorporating Class 8
Seals will not have studded piston rods.
Class 2 – Water Base Fluid Seals
Generally class 2 seals are intended for use with water base fluids Class N – Class 8 piston rod bushing seals only – all other
within the temperature of -10°F (-23°C) to +165°F (+74°C) except seals are fluorocarbon Intended for applications where only the
for High Water Content Fluids (HWCF) in which case Class 6 seals rod bushing is exposed to fluids or temperatures needing filled PTFE
should be used. Typical water base fluids are: Water, Water-Glycol, seal compatibility.
Water-in-Oil Emulsion, Houghto-Safe 27, 620, 5040, Mobil Pyrogard
D, Shell Irus 905, Ucon Hydrolube J-4. These seals are nitrile. Warning
The piston rod stud and the piston rod to piston threaded connections
Class 3 – Ethylene Propylene (EPR) Seals are secured with an anaerobic adhesive which is temperature
Class 3 seals are intended for use with some Phosphate Ester Fluids sensitive. Cylinders are assembled with anaerobic adhesive having a
between the temperatures of -10°F (-23°C) to +130°F (+54°C). Typical maximum temperature rating of +250°F (+121°C). Cylinders specified
fluids compatible with EPR seals are Skydrol 500 and 700. EPR are with all other seal compounds (built before 1997) were assembled
Ethylene Propylene. Note: EPR seals are not compatible with mineral with anaerobic adhesive having a maximum operating temperature
base hydraulic oil or greases. Even limited exposure to these fluids will rating +165°F (+74°C). These temperature limitations are necessary to
cause severe swelling. prevent the possible loosening of the threaded connections. Cylinders
originally manufactured (before 1997) with class 1 seals (Nitrile)
Class 4 – Low Temperature Nitrile Seals that will be exposed to ambient temperatures above +165°F (+74°C)
Class 4 seals are intended for low temperature service with the same must be modified for higher temperature service. Contact the factory
type of fluids as used with Class 1 seals within the temperature range immediately and arrange for the piston to rod and the stud to piston
of -50°F (-46°C) to +150°F (+66°C). Note: Certain fluids may react rod connections to be properly re-assembled to withstand the higher
adversely with Class 4 seals compared to Class 1 seals. temperature service.
Class 5 – Fluorocarbon (FKM) Seals Water Service
Class 5 seals are intended for elevated temperature service or for Series HV cylinders can be modified to make them more suitable for
some Phosphate Ester Fluids such as Houghto-Safe 1010, 1055, use with water as the operating medium. The modifications include
1120; Fyrquel 150, 220, 300, 350; Mobile Pyrogard 42, 43, 53, and 55. chrome-plated cylinder bore; electroless nickel-plated head, cap and
However, they are not compatible with Phosphate Ester Fluids such piston; chrome-plated 17-4 stainless steel piston rod; chrome plated
as Skydrols. Class 5 seals can operate with a temperature range of
Engineering Data

cushion sleeve or cushion spear. Water and high water base fluid
-10°F (-23°C) to +300°F (+149°C). For temperatures above +250°F operated cylinders are best used on short stroke applications or where
(+121°C) the cylinder must be manufactured with non-studded piston high pressure is applied only to clamp the load.
D

rod and thread and a pinned piston to rod connection.

Warranty
Class E – Fluorocarbon piston rod bushing seals only Parker Hannifin will warrant cylinders modified for water or high water
Intended for applications where only the rod bushing is exposed to content fluid service to be free of defects in materials or workmanship,
fluids or temperatures needing fluorocarbon compatibility. but cannot accept responsibility to premature failure due to excessive
Class 6 – HWCF Seals wear due to lack of lubricity or where failure is caused by corrosion,
Class 6 seals are intended for High Water Content Fluids (HWCF) electrolysis or mineral deposits within the cylinder.
such as Houghton, Hydrolubric 120B and Sonsol Lubrizol within the

Seal Materials & Piston Seal Availability by Seal Class

Seal Description Bushing Codes A, H & K Piston Piston Seal Material & Piston Piston Body Seal
Code Wear Rings Availability by Type Seal Joint End Back-Up
(Class) Rod Rod Bushing HP KP RP WP Energizer O-Ring
1
Seals Washer
Wiper- Seal O- Urethane Filled Thermo- Filled (If
seal Ring PTFE plastic PTFE required)
Standard
1 Urethane Urethane Urethane WearGard™ Yes Yes Yes Yes Nitrile Urethane Urethane PTFE
Seals
Water Base Polyester
2 Nitrile Nitrile Nitlrile No Yes Yes Yes Nitrile Nitrile Nitrile PTFE
Fluid Seals Resin/Fabric
3 EPR Seals EPR EPR EPR WearGard™ No Yes Yes Yes EPR EPR EPR PTFE
Low Temp.
4 Nitrile Nitrile Nitrile WearGard ™
Yes Yes Yes No Nitrile Nitrile Nitrile PTFE
Nitrile Seals
Fluorocarbon
5 FKM FKM FKM WearGard™ No Yes Yes Yes FKM FKM FKM PTFE
Seals
Polyester
6 HWCF Seals Nitrile Nitrile Nitrile No Yes Yes Yes Nitrile Nitrile Nitrile PTFE
Resin/Fabric
High Temp. Filled Filled HT Resin/
8 FKM No Yes No No FKM FKM FKM PTFE
Seals PTFE PTFE Aramid
Fluorocarbon
E FKM FKM FKM WearGard™ Yes Yes Yes Yes FKM FKM FKM PTFE
Bushing Seals
High Temp. Filled Filled HT Resin/
N FKM Yes Yes Yes Yes FKM FKM FKM PTFE
Bushing Seals PTFE PTFE Aramid
1
Includes material of redundant quad ring seal for Miller WP Mixed Media Seal

68 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Fluids / Temperature / Pressure Ratings Engineering Data
View Fluids and Temperature Range
Table of
Contents Class No. Typical Fluids Temperature Range
1 (Standard) Air, Nitrogen -10°F (-23°C) to
(Nitrile Polyurethane) Hydraulic Oil, Mil-H-5606 Oil +165°F (+74°C)
2 Optional Water, Water-Glycol, HWCF — See Class 6 -10°F (-23°C) to
Water Base Fluid Seal below. Water-in-Oil Emulsion Houghto-Safe, 271, +165°F (+74°C)
620, 5040. Mobil Pyrogard D, Shell Irus 905.
Ucon Hydrolube J-4
3 Special (EPR) (at extra cost) Some Phosphate Ester Fluids -10°F (-23°C) to
Skydrol 500, 7000 +130°F (+54°C)
Note: (EPR) seals are not compatible with Hydraulic Oil
4 Special (Nitrile) (at extra cost) Low Temperature Air or Hydraulic Oil -50°F (-46°C) to +150°F (+66°C)
5 Optional (at extra cost) High Temperature See paragraph on Fluorocarbon
(Fluorocarbon Seals) Houghto-Safe 1010, 1055, 1120 seals for recommended
Fyrquel 150, 220, 300, 550 temperature range.
Mobil Pyrogard 42,43,53,55
Note: Fluorocarbon seals are not suitable for use with Skydrol fluid, but can be used with
hydraulic oil if desired.
6 Optional (HWCF) (at extra cost) Houghton, Hydrolubric 120B +40°F (+4°C) to
Sonsol Lubrizol, for other HWCF — +120°F (+49°C)
consult factory.
8 Optional (at extra cost) See Class 5 Seals -15°F (-26°C) to
Energized PTFE +400°F (+204°C)

Application Data
The proper application of a fluid power cylinder requires tension loading on the rod, mounting attitude, the speed
consideration of the operating pressure, the fluid of stroke, and how the load in motion will be stopped.
medium, the mounting style, the length of stroke, the Information given here provides pressure rating data for

Engineering Data
type of piston rod connection to the load, thrust or hydraulic cylinders.

D
Pressure Ratings Series HV Hydraulic Cylinders
Standard operating fluid — clean, filtered hydraulic oil. Maximum Pressure Ratings
Pressure ratings for heavy-duty hydraulic cylinders are Bore Rod 4:11 Heavy-Duty
shown in the table. Ø Ø Design Factor Service
(Tensile) (psi) (psi)
Series HV hydraulic cylinders are recommended for 1.50 0.625 2530 3000
pressures to 3000 psi for heavy-duty service with
2.00 1.000 2950 3000
hydraulic oil. The 4:1 design factor ratings shown
2.50 1.000 2340 3000
are based on tensile strength of material and are for
standard rod diameter only. The rating is conservative 3.25 1.375 2250 3000
for continuous severe applications. Design factors at 4.00 1.750 2130 3000
other pressures can be calculated from this rating. 5.00 2.000 2170 3000
In addition, mounting styles, stroke, etc., should be 6.00 2.500 2270 3000
considered because of the limiting effect they may have 7.00 3.000 2030 3000
on these ratings. 8.00 3.500 2040 3000
10.00 4.500 2720 3000
12.00 5.500 2580 3000
14.00 7.000 2320 3000
16.00 8.000 2750 3000
18.00 9.000 2900 3000
20.00 10.000 2640 3000
1
Applies to all mountings except Styles J, JB and H.

69 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston & Bushing Friction Engineering Data
View
Table of
Piston Friction
Contents Miller’s new universal piston design provides not popular seal configurations, HP Polyurethane Piston
only superior sealing and wear performance, but Seal and KP filled PTFE Piston Seal in 2.00", 4.00",
also conserves operating energy with reduced 6.00" and 8.00" bores are shown in graphs below.
running friction when compared to traditional sealing Friction for intermediate bore sizes can be estimated
technologies. Running friction test results for the most using curves for bore sizes tested.

Miller HP
HP Piston Seal Running Friction Polyurethane
250 Piston Seal

8" Bore HP Seal

200

6" Bore HP Seal

150
Friction Force (lbf)

4" Bore HP Seal

100

50
2" Bore HP Seal
Engineering Data

0
0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

1500

1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

2600

2700

2800

2900

3000
D

Pressure (psi)

Miller KP Filled
KP Piston Seal Running Friction PTFE Piston Seal
600

500

400 8" Bore KP Seal

Friction Force (lbf)

300

6" Bore KP Seal

200

4" Bore KP Seal

100

2" Bore KP Seal

0
0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

1500

1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

2600

2700

2800

2900

3000

Pressure (psi)

70 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston & Bushing Friction / Piston Orifice Engineering Data
View
Table of
Bushing Friction
Contents Bushing friction is also a factor in cylinder operating 1.000", 1.750", 2.500" and 5.000" piston rod diameters
efficiency and combined with piston seal friction will yield are shown in the graphs below. Friction for intermediate
an overall cylinder running friction value. Running friction rod diameters can be estimated using curves for bore
test results for HV (Tri-Lip) and Low Friction bushings in sizes tested.

Tri-Lip Class 1 Bushing Running Friction

350

300

5.000" Rod
250
Fric�on Force (lbf)

200

2.500" Rod
150

1.750" Rod
100

1.000" Rod
50

2300
2400
2500
2600
2700
2800
2900
3000
2100
2200
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900

1800
1900
2000
0

1600
1700
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500

Pressure (psi)

Low Friction Bushing Running Friction

200

180

160

Engineering Data
5.000" Rod
140

D
120
Fric�on Force (lbf)

100

80 2.500" Rod

60

1.750" Rod
40

20
1.000" Rod
0
2900
3000
2300
2400
2500
2600
2700
2800
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900

1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
0

1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1000
1100
1200

Pressure (PSI)

Piston Orifice ORIFICE FLOW RATE

Miller’s RP Thermoplastic piston seal is MIL-H 5606 @ 60F
fully extrusion resistant and the choice for 1.6

applications formerly served by cast iron 1.4

rings. For some applications, cast iron rings
are selected because of the inherent piston 1.2 0.032 orifice dia (in)
bypass. Where bypass is required for the RP
seal (or any other universal piston seal style), 1
FLOW RATE (GPM)

a piston orifice option is available. There are

0.8
three orifice diameters to choose from, 0.016", 0.024 orifice dia (in)

0.024" and 0.032". Flow charts at right detail 0.6

the bypass flow at various pressures for each
orifice. Specify the orifice by placing an ‘S’ in the 0.4 0.016 orifice dia (in)

Special Modification field of the model number

and describe the orifice as in the following 0.2

example: S = 0.024" Piston Orifice (insert

0
desired orifice dia). Piston orifice not available 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

in bores 1.50", 2.00" and 2.50" with rod codes 2 PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL (PSI)

& 3.

71 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Ports Engineering Data
View Ports
Table of Table B — SAE Straight Thread O-Ring Ports
Series HV cylinders can be supplied with SAE straight O-ring
Contents
ports or NPTF pipe thread ports. If specified on your order, Size Tube Thread Size Tube Thread
extra ports can be provided on the sides of heads or caps that No. O.D. (In.) Size No. O.D. (In.) Size
are not occupied by mountings or cushion valve. 2 0.13 5/16 - 24 12 0.75 1 1/16 - 12
Standard port location is position 1 as shown on line 3 0.19 3/8 - 24 — — —
drawings in product catalog and Figure 1 below. Cushion 4 0.25 7/16 - 20 16 1.00 1 5/16 - 12
adjustment needle and check valves are at positions 2 and 5 0.31 1/2 - 20 20 1.25 1 5/8 - 12
4 (or 3), depending on mounting style. Heads or caps which do 6 0.38 9/16 - 18 24 1.50 1 7/8 - 12
not have an integral mounting can be rotated and assembled 8 0.50 3/4 - 16 32 2.00 2 1/2 - 12
with ports at 90° or 180° from standard position. Mounting 10 0.63 7/8 - 14 — — —
styles on which head or cap can be rotated at no extra charge
are shown in Table A below. To order, specify by position Note: For the pressure ratings of individual connectors,
number. In such assemblies the cushion adjustment needle contact your connector supplier. Hydraulic cylinders applied
and check valve rotate accordingly since their relationship with with meter out or deceleration circuits are subject to intensified
port position does not change. pressure at the cylinder piston rod end. The rod end pressure
is approximately equal to:
Figure 1
1 Effective Cap End Piston Area
x Operating Pressure
Effective Rod End Piston Area

International Ports
4 2
Other port configurations to meet international requirements
are available at extra cost. Miller Series HV cylinders can be
supplied, on request, with British standard taper port (BSPT).
3 Such port has a taper of 1 in 16 measured on the diameter
Head (Rod) End Head Cap (1/16" per inch). The thread form is Whitworth System, and size
and number of threads per inch are as follows:
Table A
Table C — British Standard Pipe Threads
Mounting Style Port Position Available
Nominal No. Threads Pipe
Head End Cap End
Pipe Size Per Inch O.D.
TB, TC, TD, J, H,
Engineering Data

JB, HB, DD, DE 1, 2, 3 or 4 1, 2, 3 or 4 1/8 28 0.383

1/4 19 0.518
HH, DB, BB, SB, SE 1, 2, 3 or 4 1 or 3
D

3/8 19 0.656
JJ, D 1 or 3 1, 2, 3 or 4 1/2 14 0.825
C, F 1 1 3/4 14 1.041
Ports can be supplied at positions other than those shown in 1 11 1.309
Table A at an extra charge. To order, specify port position as 1 1/4 11 1.650
shown in Figure 1. 1 1/2 11 1.882
2 11 2.347
Straight Thread Ports British standard parallel internal threads are designated as
The SAE straight thread O-ring port is recommended for BSPP and have the same thread form and number of threads
hydraulic applications. Miller will furnish this port configuration per inch as the BSPT type and can be supplied, on request, at
at positions shown in Table A. This port can also be provided extra cost. Unless otherwise specified, the BSPP or BSPT port
at positions other than those shown in Table A at an extra size supplied will be the same nominal pipe size as the NPTF
charge. SAE port size numbers are listed next to the NPTF port for a given bore size cylinder.
pipe thread counterparts for each bore size in the Metric ports can also be supplied to order at extra cost. See
respective product catalogs. Size number, tube O.D., and port table below for standard port size for each bore.
thread size for SAE ports are listed in Table B.

Table D – Standard Port Sizes

Bore T U P Y B G Bore T U P Y B G
Ø SAE NPTF SAE Code ISO 6149 BSPT Metric Ø SAE NPTF SAE Code ISO 6149 BSPT Metric
61 Flange R 61 Flange R
BSPP BSPP
1.50 10 1/2 N/A M22 x 1.5 1/2 M22 x 1.5 7.00 20 1 1/4 1 1/4 M42 x 2 1 1/4 M42 x 2
2.00 10 1/2 N/A M22 x 1.5 1/2 M22 x 1.5 8.00 24 1 1/2 1 1/2 M48 x 2 1 1/2 M48 x 2
2.50 10 1/2 1/21 M22 x 1.5 1/2 M22 x 1.5 10.00 24 2 2 M48 x 2 2 M48 x 2
3.25 12 3/4 3/4 M27 x 2 3/4 M27 x 2 12.00 24 2 1/2 2 1/2 M48 x 2 2 1/2 M48 x 2
4.00 12 3/4 3/4 M27 x 2 3/4 M27 x 2 14.00 24 2 1/2 2 1/2 M48 x 2 2 1/2 M48 x 2
5.00 12 3/4 3/4 M27 x 2 3/4 M27 x 2 16.00- 24 – 3 – – –
6.00 16 1 1 M33 x 2 1 M33 x 2 20.00
1
Available with 1.000 inch rod diameter only.

72 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Ports Engineering Data
View Oversize Ports
Table of
Contents Oversize NPTF or SAE straight thread ports can be double oversize ports should always be ordered with a “solid
provided, at an extra charge. For ports one size larger than cushion” at cap end.
standard, welded port bosses which protrude from the side of
the head or cap are supplied. For dimensions, see drawings Cylinders which are connected to a meter out flow control
and tables below. Series HV cylinders equipped with cushions with flow entering the cap end of a cylinder provided by an
at the cylinder cap end can sustain damage to the cushion accumulator may also experience damage to the cushion
check valve (cushion bushing) if excessive oil flow enters the bushing due to high instantaneous fluid flows. This condition
cylinder from the cap end port. Cylinders which are equipped can be eliminated by using a meter in flow control or “solid
with cap end cushions and ordered with one size oversize cushions” at cap end.
ports having hydraulic fluid velocity exceeding 25 ft./sec. in
the line entering the cap end of the cylinder should be ordered
with a “solid cushion” at cap end. All cylinders ordered with
Oversize NPTF Port Boss Dimensions
Bore EE A B C D P P + STROKE
Ø (NPTF) Ø A A
1.50 3/4 1.38 1.00 0.75 0.78 2.91 EE PORT
SIZE
2.00 3/4 1.38 1.00 0.75 0.78 2.91
2.50 3/4 1.38 1.00 0.75 0.78 3.03 B
3.25 1 1.75 1.19 0.91 0.88 3.53
4.00 1 1.75 1.19 0.91 0.88 3.78
5.00 1 1.75 1.19 0.91 0.88 4.28 C D
6.00 1 1/4 2.25 1.31 1.13 1.13 5.13
7.00 1 1/2 2.50 1.56 1.38 1.38 5.75
8.00 2 3.00 1.69 1.50 1.50 6.50

Oversize SAE Straight Thread Port Boss Dimensions

Bore EE (SAE) A B C D P
Ø Ø
1.50 121 12 1.38 1.00 0.81 0.78 2.97
2.00 121 12 1.38 1.00 0.81 0.78 2.97

Engineering Data
2.50 122 123 1.38 1.00 0.81 0.81 3.13
3.25 16 16 1.75 1.19 0.91 0.91 3.56

D
4.00 16 16 1.75 1.19 0.91 0.91 3.81
5.00 16 16 1.75 1.19 0.91 0.91 4.31
6.00 202 202 – – 1.13 1.17 5.19
7.00 242 242 – – – – 5.63
8.00 N/A N/A – – – – 6.38
1
Port tapped directly in head with code 1 rod these bores.
2
Port tapped directly in head (all rod codes) and cap these bores.
3
Port tapped directly in cap this bore.

Flange Ports (Code 61, 3000 psi) SAE 4 Bolt Flange Ports
Bore Rod SAE A AA GG P Q W X Y Z
Ø No. Dash Ø
No. Y P + STROKE
2.504,5 1 8 .50 .81 .69 3.00 1.50 .75 .34 2.38 5/16 - 18 Z UNC-2B THD.
A DIA.
1 2.75 AA MIN. DEPTH
3.254 2 12 .75 .75 .87 3.50 1.87 .94 .44 3.13 3/8 - 16 4 HOLES
3 3.00
1 3.00
4.004 2 12 .75 .75 .87 3.75 1.87 .94 .44 3.38 3/8 - 16
3 3.13 Q
W
1 3.13
2 3.38
5.00 4
12 .75 .75 .87 4.25 1.87 .94 .44 3/8 - 16
3 3.38
4 3.38
6.00 All 16 1.00 .87 1.03 4.87 2.06 1.03 .52 3,50 3/8 - 16 X
7.00 All 20 1.25 1.00 1.19 5.50 2.31 1.16 .59 3.75 7/16 - 14 GG
8.00 All 24 1.50 1.06 1.41 6.25 2.75 1.37 .70 3.88 1/2 - 13
4
2.50", 3.25", 4.00" & 5.00" bores cap-flange port not available on Style HB
Style H not available at position 2 or 4. Port flange overhangs cap on Style HH.
5
2.50" bore head flange port available with 1.000" rod only.

73 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Stroke Data / Mounting Groups Engineering Data
View Stroke Data -.015" up to 20" stroke, +.031" to -.020" for 21" to 60" and
Table of
Contents Miller cylinders are available in any practical stroke +.031" to -.031" for greater than 60" stroke. For closer
length. The following information should prove helpful tolerances on stroke length, it is necessary to specify the
to you in selecting the proper stroke for your cylinder required tolerance plus the pressure and temperature at
application. which the cylinder will operate. Stroke tolerances smaller
than .015" are not generally practical due to elasticity
Stroke Tolerances of cylinders. If machine design requires such close
Stroke length tolerances are required due to buildup tolerances, use of a stroke adjuster may achieve the
of tolerances of piston, head, cap and cylinder tube. desired result.
Standard production of stroke tolerances run +.031" to

Mounting Groups
Group 1 FIXED MOUNTS which absorb force on cylinder centerline.
Standard mountings for fluid power cylinders fall into
three basic groups. The groups can be summarized as
follows:
Group 1 Straight Line Force Transfer with fixed mounts
which absorb force on cylinder centerline.
Heavy-Duty Service
Group 2 Pivot Force Transfer. Pivot mountings permit a For Thrust Loads Styles HB, HH, TC
cylinder to change its alignment in one plane. For Tension Loads Styles JB, JJ, TB
Group 3 Straight Line Force Transfer with fixed mounts Medium-Duty Service
For Thrust Loads Styles H, HB
which do not absorb force on cylinder centerline. For Tension Loads Styles J, JB
Because a cylinder’s mounting directly affects the Light-Duty Service
maximum pressure at which the cylinder can be used, For Thrust Loads Style H
the chart below should be helpful in selection of the For Tension Loads Style J
proper mounting combination for your application.
Group 2 PIVOT MOUNTS which absorb force on cylinder centerline.
Stroke length, piston rod connection to load, extra piston
rod length over standard, etc., should be considered
for thrust loads. Alloy steel mounting bolts are
recommended for all mounting styles, and thrust keys
Engineering Data

are recommended for Styles C and F.

Double Rod End Cylinders
D

Heavy-Duty Service
The piston connection to rod #1 (without 'V' notch) of For Thrust Loads Styles DD, D, DE, SE
1.50"-8.00" bore double rod end heavy duty hydraulic For Tension Loads Styles BB, DD, D, DB, DE, SE
cylinders is pre-stressed for maximum fatigue life. For Medium-Duty Service
this reason the load should always be attached to the For Thrust Loads Styles BB, SB
rod without 'V' notch. Extension rod #2 with 'V' notch is For Tension Loads Styles BB, SB
threaded to rod #1 and is recommended for non-load Group 3 FIXED MOUNTS which do not absorb force on the centerline.
bearing attachment only.
For thrust (compression) load applications where the
mounting style end of a double rod end cylinder is
opposite the rod connected to the load it should be
Heavy-Duty Service
specified as a cap mounting style. For example, a head For Thrust Loads Styles C, CP
trunnion mounting style opposite the rod connected to For Tension Loads Styles C, CP
the load should be specified as DB. This will ensure that Medium-Duty Service
the rod end without 'V' notch will be oriented opposite For Thrust Loads Styles F, FP
the head trunnion end. See the table below for guidance For Tension Loads Styles F, FP
in selecting mounting styles that fit this criteria.
Double Rod End Mounting Styles Double Rod Cylinder
Mounting Mounting Styles for Corresponding Style K
Styles Double Rod Models with the Load
for Single Connected To Rod Opposite
Rod Models Cylinder Mounting End
TB KTC
J KH
‘V’ NOTCH
JB KHB
JJ KHH
Rod End #1 Rod End #2
D KDB

74 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Stop Tubing Engineering Data
View
Table of Stop Tubing 2. Establish the Basic Length (L), with the piston rod fully
extended, for the selected illustration by using the
Contents Stop tube is recommended to lengthen the distance dimensional tables on previous pages of this
between the rod bearing and piston bearing to reduce catalog. For pivot mounted cylinders, the pin-to-pin
bearing loads on long push stroke cylinders when the dimension with the piston rod fully extended must be
cylinder is fully extended. This is especially true of used. Regardless of mounting style, be sure to include
horizontally mounted cylinders. As part of the piston any extended piston rod length beyond the catalog
assembly and positioned between the piston and head, a standard.
stop tube restricts the extended position of the rod using
the increased distance to achieve additional stability. 3. In the Stop Tube Table select the column for the
STOP appropriate mounting style and rod end guiding type.
TUBE In the Basic Length (L) column, find the row with the
range that includes the value calculated in Step 2. The
next respective column to the right has the required
length of stop tube.
Note: Mounting Styles BB, DB, H, HB, HH, SB and SE
are mounted horizontally should also be checked for
NET turning moments and loads between the rod bearing and
STOP TUBE
STROKE
LENGTH piston to ensure they are not excessive. Weight of oil
GROSS
STROKE must be included in determining bearing loads.
Use the following steps to determine the need for stop When specifying cylinders with stop tube be sure to
tube and, if required, how long it should be. call out the net stroke and the length of the stop tube.
Machine design can be continued without delay by laying
1. Examine the groups of cylinder illustrations below and in a cylinder equivalent in length to the NET STROKE
determine which mounting and rod guiding group type PLUS STOP TUBE LENGTH, which is referred to as
match the required cylinder application. GROSS STROKE.
Stop Tube Length vs Basic Length (L) Cylinder Mounting and
Pivot Mounts Fixed Mounts
Rod Guiding Groups
(BB, D, DB, DD, (C, F, H, HB, HH, J, JB, JJ, TB, TC, TD) Pivot Mount – Pivoted and rigidly guided rod end
DE, SB and SE)
L L
Pivoted and Rigidly Fixed & Rigidly Pivoted & Rigidly Unguided
Guided Rod End Guided Rod End Guided Rod End Rod End

Engineering Data
Basic Stop Basic Stop Basic Stop Basic Stop
Length Tube Length Tube Length Tube Length Tube Styles BB, SB, SE Styles DD, DE

D
(L) Length (L) Length (L) Length (L) Length L L
0 - 40 0 0 - 80 0 0 - 57 0 0 - 20 0
41 - 50 1 81 - 100 1 58 - 71 1 21 - 25 1
51 - 60 2 101 - 120 2 72 - 86 2 26 - 30 2 Style D Style DB
61 - 70 3 121 - 140 3 87 - 100 3 31 - 35 3 Fixed Mount – Fixed and rigidly guided rod end
71 - 80 4 141 - 160 4 101 - 114 4 36 - 40 4 L L
81 - 90 5 161 - 180 5 115 - 129 5 41 - 45 5
91 - 100 6 181 - 200 6 130 - 143 6 46 - 50 6
101 - 110 7 201 - 220 7 144 - 157 7 51 - 55 7
Styles J, JB, JJ Styles H, HB, HH
111 - 120 8 221 - 240 8 158 - 171 8 56 - 60 8
L
121 - 130 9 241 - 260 9 172 - 186 9 61 - 65 9
131 - 140 10 261 - 280 10 187 - 200 10 66 - 70 10
141 - 150 11 281 - 300 11 201 - 214 11 71 - 75 11
Styles C, F
151 - 160 12 215 - 229 12 76 - 80 12
161 - 170 13 230 - 243 13 81 - 85 13 Fixed Mount – Pivoted and rigidly guided rod end
171 - 180 14 244 - 257 14 86 - 90 14 L L
181 - 190 15 258 - 271 15 91 - 95 15
191 - 200 16 272 - 286 16 96 - 100 16
201 - 210 17 287 - 300 17 101 - 105 17 Styles J, JB, JJ Styles H, HB, HH
211 - 220 18 106 - 110 18 L
221 - 230 19 111 - 115 19
Consult Factory
231 - 240 20 116 - 120 20
241 - 250 21 121 - 125 21 Styles C, F
251 - 260 22 126 - 130 22 Fixed Mount – Unguided rod end
Consult Factory
261 - 270 23 131 - 135 23 L L
271 - 280 24 136 - 140 24
281 - 290 25 141 - 145 25
291 - 300 26 146 - 150 26
Consult Factory Consult Factory Styles J, JB, JJ Styles H, HB, HH

75 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Rod Selection Data Engineering Data
View
Table of
Piston Rod Diameter Selection
Contents Long stroke cylinders that work on push with the piston exceeds the system pressure. The intersection of the
rod loaded in compression should be checked, using Bore and Rod row and Operating Pressure column
the following steps, to ensure an appropriate piston rod displays the maximum allowable LA. If LA in the table
diameter is specified. is greater than or equal to the calculated LA, the rod
1. First, determine whether stop tubing is required as diameter selected is satisfactory for the application.
described on the previous page. 5. If LA in the table is less than the calculated Adjusted
2. Use the Basic Length (L) that was established for Basic Length move down the column to a rod diam-
determining the stop tube length and then add the eter with an LA that exceeds the requirement.
required stop tube length to the Basic Length to 6. If the LA specifies a rod diameter in a larger bore
obtain an Adjusted Basic Length (LA). then restart the process of sizing the stop tube and
3. In the table below, for the mounting style and rod end re-check the rod diameter. Contact the factory if LA
guiding condition that will be used, find the row for the exceeds 300 inches.
Bore and Rod combination that is required. Note: Data in these tables assume standard rod exten-
4. Follow the Bore and Rod row to the right and find sion (W or WF dimension) and standard rod end acces-
the Operating Pressure column that is closest, but sories. If different, consult factory.
Maximum Basic Lengths (LA) (all dimensions in inches)
Bore Rod Front and Side Fixed Mounts (J1, JB1, JJ, TB, TD, C, F)
Ø Ø Fixed and Rigidly Guided Rod End Pivoted and Rigidly Guided Rod End Unguided Rod End
Max. Allowable Basic Length (LA) at psi: Max. Allowable Basic Length (LA) at psi: Max. Allowable Basic Length (LA) at psi:
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
0.625 50 35 29 25 22 20 36 25 21 18 16 15 13 9 7 6 6 5
1.50
1.000 128 91 74 64 57 52 92 65 53 46 41 37 32 23 19 16 14 13
1.000 96 68 56 48 43 39 69 49 40 34 31 28 24 17 14 12 11 10
2.00
1.375 182 129 105 91 81 74 130 92 75 65 58 53 45 32 26 23 20 19
1.000 77 54 44 38 34 31 55 39 32 27 25 22 19 14 11 10 9 8
2.50 1.375 146 103 84 73 65 59 104 73 60 52 46 42 36 26 21 18 16 15
1.750 236 167 136 118 105 96 168 119 97 84 75 69 59 42 34 29 26 24
1.375 112 79 65 56 50 46 80 57 46 40 36 33 28 20 16 14 13 11
3.25 1.750 181 128 105 91 81 74 130 92 75 65 58 53 45 32 26 23 20 19
2.000 237 167 137 118 106 97 169 120 98 85 76 69 59 42 34 30 26 24
Engineering Data

1.750 147 104 85 74 66 60 105 74 61 53 47 43 37 26 21 18 16 15

4.00 2.000 192 136 111 96 86 79 137 97 79 69 61 56 48 34 28 24 22 20
2.500 300 213 174 150 134 123 215 152 124 107 96 88 75 53 43 38 34 31
D

2.000 154 109 89 77 69 63 110 78 63 55 49 45 38 27 22 19 17 16

2.500 241 170 139 120 108 98 172 121 99 86 77 70 60 43 35 30 27 25
5.00
3.000 300 245 200 173 155 141 247 175 143 124 111 101 87 61 50 43 39 35
3.500 300 300 272 236 211 192 300 238 194 168 151 137 118 83 68 59 53 48
2.500 200 142 116 100 90 82 143 101 83 72 64 58 50 35 29 25 22 20
3.000 289 204 167 144 129 118 206 146 119 103 92 84 72 51 42 36 32 29
6.00
3.500 300 278 227 196 176 160 281 198 162 140 125 115 98 69 57 49 44 40
4.000 300 300 296 257 229 209 300 259 212 183 164 150 128 91 74 64 57 52
3.000 247 175 143 124 111 101 177 125 102 88 79 72 62 44 36 31 28 25
3.500 300 238 194 168 151 137 241 170 139 120 108 98 84 60 49 42 38 34
7.00 4.000 300 300 254 220 197 180 300 222 181 157 140 128 110 78 63 55 49 45
4.500 300 300 300 278 249 227 300 281 230 199 178 162 139 98 80 70 62 57
5.000 300 300 300 300 300 281 300 300 283 245 220 200 172 121 99 86 77 70
3.500 295 208 170 147 132 120 210 149 122 105 94 86 74 52 43 37 33 30
4.000 300 272 222 192 172 157 275 194 159 137 123 112 96 68 56 48 43 39
8.00 4.500 300 300 281 244 218 199 300 246 201 174 156 142 122 86 70 61 54 50
5.000 300 300 300 300 269 245 300 300 248 215 192 175 150 106 87 75 67 61
5.500 300 300 300 300 300 297 300 300 300 260 232 212 182 129 105 91 81 74
4.500 300 276 225 195 174 159 278 197 161 139 124 114 97 69 56 49 44 40
5.000 300 300 278 241 215 196 300 243 198 172 154 140 120 85 69 60 54 49
10.00
5.500 300 300 300 291 260 238 300 294 240 208 186 170 146 103 84 73 65 59
7.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 275 236 167 136 118 105 96
5.500 300 300 280 243 217 198 300 245 200 173 155 141 121 86 70 61 54 50
12.00 7.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 281 251 229 196 139 113 98 88 80
8.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 299 257 181 148 128 115 105
7.000 300 300 300 300 300 275 300 300 278 241 215 196 168 119 97 84 75 69
14.00 8.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 281 256 220 155 127 110 98 90
10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 243 198 172 154 140
8.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 275 246 224 192 136 111 96 86 79
16.00 9.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 284 244 172 141 122 109 99
10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 213 174 150 134 123
9.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 277 252 216 153 125 108 97 88
18.00
10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 267 189 154 134 120 109
20.00 10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 281 241 170 139 120 108 98
1
Maximum operating pressure is limited for Mounting Styles J and JB. Please refer to maximum operating pressure per bore in Pressure
Ratings table located on the dimension page for each of these mounting styles.

76 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Rod Selection Data Engineering Data
View Maximum Basic Lengths (LA) (all dimensions in inches)
Table of
Contents Bore Rod Rear Fixed Mounts (H1, HB1, HH, TC)
Ø Ø
Fixed and Rigidly Guided Rod End Pivoted and Rigidly Guided Rod End Unguided Rod End
Max. Allowable Basic Length (LA) at psi: Max. Allowable Basic Length (LA) at psi: Max. Allowable Basic Length (LA) at psi:
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
0.625 70 50 40 35 31 29 50 35 29 25 22 20 18 12 10 9 8 7
1.50
1.000 170 120 98 85 76 69 121 86 70 61 54 50 42 30 25 21 19 17
1.000 132 93 76 66 59 54 94 67 54 47 42 38 33 23 19 16 15 13
2.00
1.375 232 164 134 116 104 95 166 117 96 83 74 68 58 41 33 29 26 24
1.000 107 76 62 54 48 44 77 54 44 38 34 31 27 19 16 13 12 11
2.50 1.375 197 140 114 99 88 81 141 100 81 70 63 58 49 35 28 25 22 20
1.750 300 213 174 151 135 123 215 152 124 108 96 88 75 53 43 38 34 31
1.375 156 110 90 78 70 64 111 79 64 56 50 45 39 28 22 19 17 16
3.25 1.750 246 174 142 123 110 100 176 124 102 88 79 72 62 44 36 31 28 25
2.000 300 221 181 157 140 128 224 158 129 112 100 91 78 55 45 39 35 32
1.750 203 144 117 102 91 83 145 103 84 73 65 59 51 36 29 25 23 21
4.00 2.000 261 185 151 131 117 107 187 132 108 93 83 76 65 46 38 33 29 27
2.500 300 274 224 194 173 158 277 196 160 138 124 113 97 69 56 48 43 40
2.000 214 151 123 107 96 87 153 108 88 76 68 62 53 38 31 27 24 22
2.500 300 231 188 163 146 133 233 165 135 117 104 95 82 58 47 41 36 33
5.00
3.000 300 300 261 226 202 184 300 228 186 161 144 132 113 80 65 56 50 46
3.500 300 300 300 289 259 236 300 292 239 207 185 169 145 102 83 72 65 59
2.500 278 197 161 139 124 114 199 141 115 99 89 81 70 49 40 35 31 28
3.000 300 278 227 197 176 161 281 199 162 140 126 115 98 70 57 49 44 40
6.00
3.500 300 300 300 260 233 212 300 263 215 186 166 152 130 92 75 65 58 53
4.000 300 300 300 300 292 266 300 300 269 233 208 190 163 115 94 82 73 67
3.000 300 241 197 171 153 139 244 172 141 122 109 100 85 60 49 43 38 35
3.500 300 300 263 228 204 186 300 230 188 163 146 133 114 81 66 57 51 46
7.00 4.000 300 300 300 289 259 236 300 292 239 207 185 169 145 102 83 72 65 59
4.500 300 300 300 300 300 288 300 300 290 252 225 205 176 124 102 88 79 72
5.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 296 264 241 207 146 119 103 93 84
3.500 300 288 235 203 182 166 291 205 168 145 130 119 102 72 59 51 45 42

Engineering Data
4.000 300 300 300 261 234 213 300 264 216 187 167 152 131 92 75 65 58 53
8.00 4.500 300 300 300 300 290 264 300 300 267 231 207 189 162 114 93 81 72 66

D
5.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 277 248 226 194 137 112 97 87 79
5.500 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 289 264 226 160 131 113 101 92
4.500 300 300 300 269 241 220 300 272 222 192 172 157 135 95 78 67 60 55
5.000 300 300 300 300 294 268 300 300 271 235 210 192 164 116 95 82 73 67
10.00
5.500 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 280 250 229 196 139 113 98 88 80
7.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 296 209 171 148 132 121
5.500 300 300 300 300 299 273 300 300 276 239 213 195 167 118 96 84 75 68
12.00 7.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 260 184 150 130 116 106
8.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 231 189 163 146 133
7.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 291 266 228 161 132 114 102 93
14.00 8.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 290 205 167 145 129 118
10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 293 240 207 186 169
8.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 260 184 150 130 116 106
16.00 9.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 227 186 161 144 131
10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 272 222 192 172 157
9.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 293 207 169 146 131 119
18.00
10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 204 177 158 144
20.00 10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 231 188 163 146 133
1
Maximum operating pressure is limited for Mounting Styles H and HB. Please refer to maximum operating pressure per bore in Pressure
Ratings table located on the dimension page for each of these mounting styles.

77 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Piston Rod Selection Data Engineering Data
View
Table of Maximum Basic Lengths (LA) (all dimensions in inches)
Contents Bore Rod Rear Pivot Mounts Front and Intermediate Pivot Mounts
Ø Ø (BB, SB1, SE, DB) (D, DD, DE)
Pivoted & Rigidly Guided Rod End Pivoted & Rigidly Guided Rod End
Max. Allowable Basic Length (LA) at psi: Max. Allowable Basic Length (LA) at psi:
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
0.625 35 25 20 18 16 14 25 18 14 13 11 10
1.50
1.000 85 60 49 42 38 35 64 45 37 32 29 26
1.000 66 47 38 33 29 27 48 34 28 24 22 20
2.00
1.375 116 82 67 58 52 47 91 64 53 45 41 37
1.000 54 38 31 27 24 22 38 27 22 19 17 16
2.50 1.375 99 70 57 49 44 40 73 51 42 36 33 30
1.750 151 106 87 75 67 61 118 83 68 59 53 48
1.375 78 55 45 39 35 32 56 40 32 28 25 23
3.25 1.750 123 87 71 62 55 50 91 64 52 45 41 37
2.000 157 111 90 78 70 64 118 84 68 59 53 48
1.750 102 72 59 51 45 41 74 52 43 37 33 30
4.00 2.000 131 92 75 65 58 53 96 68 56 48 43 39
2.500 194 137 112 97 87 79 150 106 87 75 67 61
2.000 107 76 62 53 48 44 77 54 44 38 34 31
2.500 163 115 94 82 73 67 120 85 69 60 54 49
5.00
3.000 226 160 130 113 101 92 173 122 100 87 77 71
3.500 289 204 167 145 129 118 236 167 136 118 105 96
2.500 139 98 80 70 62 57 100 71 58 50 45 41
3.000 197 139 114 98 88 80 144 102 83 72 65 59
6.00
3.500 260 184 150 130 116 106 196 139 113 98 88 80
4.000 300 231 188 163 146 133 257 181 148 128 115 105
3.000 171 121 99 85 76 70 124 87 71 62 55 50
3.500 228 161 132 114 102 93 168 119 97 84 75 69
7.00 4.000 289 204 167 145 129 118 220 155 127 110 98 90
4.500 300 249 203 176 157 144 278 197 161 139 124 114
5.000 300 293 239 207 185 169 300 243 198 172 154 140
Engineering Data

3.500 203 144 117 102 91 83 147 104 85 74 66 60

4.000 261 185 151 131 117 107 192 136 111 96 86 79
D

8.00 4.500 300 229 187 162 145 132 244 172 141 122 109 99
5.000 300 274 224 194 174 158 300 213 174 150 134 123
5.500 300 300 261 226 202 185 300 257 210 182 163 149
4.500 269 190 155 135 120 110 195 138 112 97 87 80
5.000 300 232 190 164 147 134 291 206 168 146 130 119
10.00
5.500 300 277 226 196 175 160 300 300 272 236 211 192
7.000 300 300 300 296 265 242 241 170 139 120 108 98
5.500 300 236 193 167 149 136 243 171 140 121 108 99
12.00 7.000 300 300 300 260 233 213 300 300 296 257 229 209
8.000 300 300 300 300 292 267 300 278 227 196 176 160
7.000 300 300 263 228 204 186 300 238 194 168 151 137
14.00 8.000 300 300 300 290 259 236 300 300 300 300 300 281
10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 254 220 197 180
8.000 300 300 300 260 233 213 300 272 222 192 172 157
16.00 9.000 300 300 300 300 288 263 300 300 281 244 218 199
10.000 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 269 245
9.000 300 300 300 293 262 239 300 300 250 216 194 177
18.00
10.000 300 300 300 300 300 289 300 300 300 267 239 218
20.00 10.000 300 300 300 300 292 267 300 300 278 241 215 196
1
Maximum operating pressure is limited for Mounting Style SB. Please refer to maximum operating
pressure per bore in Pressure Ratings table located on the dimension page for Mounting Styles SB.

78 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Cushioning Engineering Data
View
Table of An Introduction to Cushioning Formula
Contents Cushioning is recommended as a means of controlling the Cushioning calculations are based on the formula E=(1/2)
deceleration of masses, or for applications where piston mv2 for horizontal applications. For inclined or vertically
speed is in excess of 4 in/sec and the piston will make downward or upward applications, this is modified to:
full stroke. Cushioning extends cylinder life and reduces
E = (1/2)mv2 + mg(L/12) x sin(a)
undesirable noise and hydraulic shock. Built-in “cushions”
(for inclined or vertically downward direction of mass)
are optional and can be supplied at the head and cap ends
of a cylinder without affecting its envelope or mounting E = (1/2)mv2 – mg(L/12) x sin(a)
dimensions. (for inclined vertically upward direction of mass)
where:
Standard Cushioning
E = energy absorbed in ft-lb
Ideal cushion performance shows an almost uniform
absorption of energy along the cushioning length, as g = acceleration due to gravity = 32.2 ft/s2
shown. Many forms of cushioning exist, and each has its v = velocity in ft/s
own specific merits and advantages. L = length of cushion in inches (see cushion length chart on
In order to cover the next page).
the majority of m = mass of load in slug (including piston, rod and rod end
applications, accessories.
HV cylinders a = angle to the horizontal in degrees
are supplied p = pressure in psi
with profiled
cushioning as Example:
standard. Final The following example shows how to calculate the
speed may be energy developed by masses moving in a straight line.
adjusted using For non-linear motion, other calculations are required;
the cushion please consult the factory. The example assumes that
screw. The the bore and rod diameter are already appropriate for the
performance application. The effects of friction on the cylinder and load
of profiled have been ignored.
cushioning is
indicated on the Selected bore/rod 6.00" bore x 2.50" rod (No. 1 rod)
diagram, and Cushion at the cap end.

Engineering Data
cushion performance for each of the rod sizes available is
Pressure = 2,500 psi
illustrated graphically in the charts on the following pages.
Mass = 685 slugs = weight in lb / (32.2 ft/s2)

D
Note: Cushion performance will be affected by the use of Velocity = 1.3 ft/s
water or high water based fluids. Please consult factory
for details. Cushion length = 1.313 inch
a = 45°
Cushion Length Sin (a) = 0.70
Where specified, HV cylinders incorporate the longest E = (1/2)mv2 + mgl/12 x Sin (a)
cushion sleeve and spear that can be accommodated = (1/2) x 685 x 1.32 + 685 x 32.2 x 1.313/12 x 0.70
within the standard envelope without reducing the rod = 2,268 ft-lb
bearing and piston bearing length. See cushion lengths
on the next page. Cushions are adjustable via recessed
needle valves.

Cushion Calculation
The charts on the cushion energy absorption capacity a
data page show the energy absorption capacity for each
bore/rod combination at the head (annulus) and the cap
(full bore) ends of cylinder. The charts are valid for piston Note: In the above example velocity is greater than 1 ft/s
velocities within a range of 0.33 to 1 ft/s. For velocities Therefore, a de-rating factor of 0.75 must be applied to
between 1ft/s and 1.64 ft/s the energy values derived from the calculated value of E. Applying this correction factor
the charts should be reduced by 25%. For velocities less will increase the energy value to 3024 ft-lb (2268/0.75 =
than 0.33 ft/s where large masses are involved, and for 3024 ft-lb). A review of the graph for the cap end cushion
velocities greater than 1.60 ft/s, a special cushion profile of a 6 inch bore x 2.50" rod cylinder operating at 2500 psi
may be required. Please consult the factory for details. indicates that it can absorb approximately 3200 ft-lb
The cushion capacity of the head end is less than the cap, maximum of energy. Since 3024 ft-lb is less than the
and reduces to zero at high drive pressures due to the maximum allowable of 3200 ft-lb, the cylinder can be
pressure intensification effect across the piston. applied as indicated. If the calculated energy exceeds the
value shown on the curve, select a larger bore cylinder
The energy absorption capacity of the cushion decreases and/or reduce the operating pressure and recalculate the
with drive pressure. energy. Compare the newly calculated energy value to
the appropriate curve to ensure it does not exceed the
maximum allowable energy.

79 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Cushioning Engineering Data
View
Table of Cushion Length Chart (Series HV Cylinders)
Contents
Bore Rod Effective Cushion Length
Ø Ø
Head Cap
0.625 0.924 1.000
1.50
1.000 0.927 1.000
1.000 0.927 0.938
2.00
1.375 0.925 0.938
1.000 0.927 0.938
2.50 1.750 0.928 0.938
1.375 0.925 0.938
1.375 1.175 1.125
3.25 2.000 0.862 1.125
1.750 1.178 1.125
1.750 1.178 1.063
4.00 2.500 0.869 1.063
2.000 0.862 1.063
2.000 0.862 0.938
3.500 0.869 0.938
5.00
2.500 0.869 0.938
3.000 0.869 0.938
2.500 1.119 1.313
4.000 1.119 1.313
6.00
Engineering Data

3.000 1.119 1.313

3.500 0.869 1.313
D

3.000 1.619 1.750

5.000 1.496 1.750
7.00 3.500 1.619 1.750
4.000 1.119 1.750
4.500 1.496 1.750
3.500 1.869 1.813
5.500 1.745 1.813
8.00 4.000 1.119 1.813
4.500 1.496 1.813
5.000 1.496 1.813

80 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Cushioning Engineering Data
View
Table of Cushion Energy Absorption Capacity Data
Contents
The cushion energy absorption data shown below is based energy absorption figures can be applied. Please consult the
on the maximum fatigue-free pressure developed in the tube. factory if further information is required.
For application with a life cycle of less than 106 cycles, greater

Head End

STANDARD ROD DIA. MAXIMUM ROD DIA.

100000 100000

4.00" BORE (1.750" ROD)

5.00" BORE (2.000" ROD)

6.00" BORE (2.500" ROD)
4.00" BORE (2.500 ROD)
7.00" BORE (3.000" ROD) 5.00" BORE (3.500" ROD)
6.00" BORE (4.000" ROD)
10000 8.00" BORE (3.500" ROD) 10000
7.00" BORE (5.000" ROD)
ENERGY ABSORPTION, FT-LB

ENERGY ABSORPTION, FT-LB

8.00" BORE (5.500" ROD)

3.25" BORE (1.375 ROD)

1000 1000

3.25" BORE
(2.000" ROD)

1.50" BORE (0.625" ROD)

100 2.00" BORE 2.50" BORE 100 1 .50 BORE
(1.000" ROD) 1.000" ROD) (1.000" ROD)

2.00" BORE
(1.375" ROD)

2.50" BORE
(1.750" ROD)

Engineering Data
10

D
0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.0 10
0.25 0.50 0.750 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75
DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI

FIRST OVERSIZE ROD DIA. SECOND OVERSIZE ROD DIA.

100000 100000

5.00" BORE (2.500" ROD)

7.00" BORE (4.000" ROD)
6.00" BORE (3.000" ROD)
8.00" BORE (4.500" ROD)
7.00" BORE (3.500" ROD)
ENERGY ABSORPTION, FT-LB

10000 10000
8.00" BORE (4.000" ROD)
ENERGY ABSORPTION, FT-LB

3.25" BORE
(1.750" ROD)

1000
1000
5.00" BORE
(3.000" ROD)
6.00" BORE
(3.500" ROD)
2.50" BORE (1.375" ROD)
4.00" BORE
(2.000" ROD)
100
100

10
0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00
10
0.25 0.5 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75
DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI
DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI

81 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Cushioning Engineering Data
View
Table of Cushion Energy Absorption Capacity Data
Contents The cushion energy absorption data shown below is based energy absorption figures can be applied. Please consult the
on the maximum fatigue-free pressure developed in the tube. factory if further information is required.
For application with a life cycle of less than 106 cycles, greater

Head End

THIRD OVERSIZE ROD DIA.

100000

7.00" BORE (4.500" ROD)

8.00" BORE (5.000" ROD)

10000
ENERGY ABSORPTION, FT-LB

1000

100
Engineering Data
D

10
0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00

DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI

82 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Cushioning Engineering Data
View
Table of Cushion Energy Absorption Capacity Data
Contents The cushion energy absorption data shown below is based Note: Cap end cushioned cylinders with oversize port
on the maximum fatigue-free pressure developed in the tube. and hydraulic fluid flow entering the cap that exceeds
For application with a life cycle of less than 106 cycles, greater 25 ft/second should be specified with solid cap
energy absorption figures can be applied. Please consult the cushion design.
factory if further information is required.
Cap End
ROD NO. 1 ROD NO. 2
100000 100000

4" BORE (2 1/2" ROD)

4" BORE (1 3/4" ROD) 5" BORE (3 1/2" ROD)
5" BORE (2" ROD) 6" BORE (4" ROD)
6" BORE (2 1/2"ROD) 7" BORE (5" ROD)
7" BORE (3" ROD)
8" BORE (5 1/2" ROD)
8" BORE (3 1/2" ROD)
ENERGY ABSORPTION, FT-LB

ENERGY ABSORPTION, FT-LB

10000 10000

3 1/4" BORE ( 1 3/8"ROD)

1000 1000

1 1/2" BORE ( 1" ROD)

1 1/2" BORE (5/8" ROD)
2" BORE (1" ROD)
2" BORE (1 3/8" ROD) 3 1/4" BORE (2" ROD)
2 1/2" BORE (1" ROD) 2 1/2" BORE (1 3/4" ROD)

Engineering Data
100

D
0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 100
0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.250 1.75 2.00 1.50 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00
DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI

ROD NO. 3 ROD NO. 4

100000 100000

7" BORE (4" ROD)

4" BORE (2" ROD)
5" BORE (2 1/2" ROD)
6" BORE (3" ROD) 8" BORE ( 4 1/2" ROD)

7" BORE (3 1/2" ROD)

8" BORE (4" ROD)

ENERGY ABSORPTION, FT-LB
ENERGY ABSORPTING, FT-LB

10000 10000

5" BORE (3" ROD)

6" BORE (3 1/2" ROD)

1000 1000

2 1/2" BORE (1 3/8" ROD)

3 1/4" BORE (1 3/4" ROD)

100 100
0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00
DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI

83 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Cushioning Engineering Data
View
Table of Cushion Energy Absorption Capacity Data
Contents The cushion energy absorption data shown below is based Note: Cap end cushioned cylinders with oversize port
on the maximum fatigue-free pressure developed in the tube. and hydraulic fluid flow entering the cap that exceeds
For application with a life cycle of less than 106 cycles, greater 25 ft/second should be specified with solid cap
energy absorption figures can be applied. Please consult the cushion design.
factory if further information is required.
Cap End

ROD NO. 5
100000

7" BORE (4 1/2" ROD)

8" BORE ( 5" ROD)
ENERGY ABSORPTION, FT-LB

10000

1000
Engineering Data
D

100
0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00
DRIVING PRESSURE, KPSI

84 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Support Literature Engineering Data
View
Table of

Miller Fluid Power offers a complete line of cylinder

Contents

mounting accessories: Catalog HY08-M1300-1/NA

Engineering Data
D
aerospace

Cylinder Mounting
climate control
electromechanical

Accessories
filtration
fluid & gas handling
hydraulics
Catalog HY08-M1300-1/NA pneumatics
process control
sealing & shielding

85 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Cylinder Safety Guide Engineering Data
View
Table of Safety Guide for Selecting and Using Hydraulic, Pneumatic Cylinders and Their Accessories
Contents
WARNING: FAILURE OF THE CYLINDER, ITS PARTS, ITS MOUNTING, ITS CONNECTIONS TO OTHER OBJECTS,
OR ITS CONTROLS CAN RESULT IN:
• Unanticipated or uncontrolled movement of the cylinder or objects connected to it.
• Falling of the cylinder or objects held up by it.
• Fluid escaping from the cylinder, potentially at high velocity.
THESE EVENTS COULD CAUSE DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY BY, FOR EXAMPLE, PERSONS FALLING FROM
HIGH LOCATIONS, BEING CRUSHED OR STRUCK BY HEAVY OR FAST MOVING OBJECTS, BEING PUSHED INTO
DANGEROUS EQUIPMENT OR SITUATIONS, OR SLIPPING ON ESCAPED FLUID.
Before selecting or using Parker Hannifin Corporation (the Company) cylinders • Failure of the pressurized fluid delivery system (hoses, fittings, valves,
or related accessories, it is important that you read, understand and follow the pumps, compressors) which maintain cylinder position.
following safety information. Training is advised before selecting and using the • Catastrophic cylinder seal failure leading to sudden loss of pressurized
Company’s products. fluid.
1.0 General Instructions • Failure of the machine control system.
1.1 Scope – This safety guide provides instructions for selecting and using Follow the recommendations of the “Piston Rod Selection Chart and Data”
(including assembling, installing, and maintaining) cylinder products. This in the publication for the series of cylinders of interest. The suggested piston
safety guide is a supplement to and is to be used with the specific Company rod diameter in these charts must be followed in order to avoid piston rod
publications for the specific cylinder products that are being considered for buckling.
use.
Piston rods are not normally designed to absorb bending moments or loads
1.2 Fail Safe – Cylinder products can and do fail without warning for many which are perpendicular to the axis of piston rod motion. These additional
reasons. All systems and equipment should be designed in a fail-safe mode loads can cause the piston rod to fail. If these types of additional loads are
so that if the failure of a cylinder product occurs people and property won’t be expected to be imposed on the piston rod, their magnitude should be made
endangered. known to our engineering department.
1.3 Distribution – Provide a free copy of this safety guide to each person The cylinder user should always make sure that the piston rod is securely
responsible for selecting or using cylinder products. Do not select or use attached to the machine member.
the Company’s cylinders without thoroughly reading and understanding this On occasion cylinders are ordered with double rods (a piston rod extended
safety guide as well as the specific Company publications for the products from both ends of the cylinder). In some cases a stop is threaded on to one
considered or selected. of the piston rods and used as an external stroke adjuster. On occasions
1.4 User Responsibility – Due to very wide variety of cylinder applications spacers are attached to the machine member connected to the piston rod
and cylinder operating conditions, the Company does not warrant that any and also used as a stroke adjuster. In both cases the stops will create a pinch
particular cylinder is suitable for any specific application. This safety guide point and the user should consider appropriate use of guards. If these
does not analyze all technical parameters that must be considered in select- external stops are not perpendicular to the mating contact surface, or if debris
ing a product. The hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders outlined in this catalog is trapped between the contact surfaces, a bending moment will be placed
are designed to the Company’s design guidelines and do not necessarily on the piston rod, which can lead to piston rod failure. An external stop will
meet the design guideline of other agencies such as American Bureau of also negate the effect of cushioning and will subject the piston rod to impact
loading. Those two (2) conditions can cause piston rod failure. Internal stroke
Engineering Data

Shipping, ASME Pressure Vessel Code etc. The user, through its own
analysis and testing, is solely responsible for: adjusters are available with and without cushions. The use of external stroke
adjusters should be reviewed with our engineering department.
• Making the final selection of the cylinders and related accessories.
D

The piston rod to piston and the stud to piston rod threaded connections are
• Determining if the cylinders are required to meet specific design require- secured with an anaerobic adhesive. The strength of the adhesive decreases
ments as required by the Agency(s) or industry standards covering the with increasing temperature. Cylinders which can be exposed to tempera-
design of the user’s equipment. tures above +250°F (+121°C) are to be ordered with a non studded piston
• Assuring that the user’s requirements are met, OSHA requirements are rod and a pinned piston to rod joint.
met, and safety guidelines from the applicable agencies such as but not
limited to ANSI are followed and that the use presents no health or safety 2.3 Cushions – Cushions should be considered for cylinder applications
hazards. when the piston velocity is expected to be over 4 inches/second.
• Providing all appropriate health and safety warnings on the equipment on Cylinder cushions are normally designed to absorb the energy of a linear
which the cylinders are used. applied load. A rotating mass has considerably more energy than the same
mass moving in a linear mode. Cushioning for a rotating mass application
1.5 Additional Questions – Call the appropriate Company technical service should be reviewed by our engineering department.
department if you have any questions or require any additional information.
See the Company publication for the product being considered or used, or 2.4 Cylinder Mountings – Some cylinder mounting configurations may have
call 1-847-298-2400, or go to www.parker.com, for telephone numbers of the certain limitations such as but not limited to minimum stroke for side or foot
appropriate technical service department. mounting cylinders or pressure de-ratings for certain mounts. Carefully review
the catalog for these types of restrictions.
2.0 Cylinder and Accessories Selection Always mount cylinders using the largest possible high tensile alloy steel
2.1 Seals – Part of the process of selecting a cylinder is the selection of socket head cap screws that can fit in the cylinder mounting holes and torque
seal compounds. Before making this selection, consult the “seal information them to the manufacturer’s recommendations for their size.
page(s)” of the publication for the series of cylinders of interest.
2.5 Port Fittings – Hydraulic cylinders applied with meter out or decelera-
The application of cylinders may allow fluids such as cutting fluids, wash tion circuits are subject to intensified pressure at piston rod end.
down fluids etc. to come in contact with the external area of the cylinder.
These fluids may attack the piston rod wiper and or the primary seal and The rod end pressure is approximately equal to:
must be taken into account when selecting and specifying seal compounds. operating pressure x effective cap end area
Dynamic seals will wear. The rate of wear will depend on many operating effective rod end piston area
factors. Wear can be rapid if a cylinder is mis-aligned or if the cylinder has
been improperly serviced. The user must take seal wear into consideration in Contact your connector supplier for the pressure rating of individual
the application of cylinders. connectors.

2.2 Piston Rods – Possible consequences of piston rod failure or 3.0 Cylinder and Accessories Installation and Mounting
separation of the piston rod from the piston include, but are not limited to are: 3.1 Installation
• Piston rod and or attached load thrown off at high speed. 3.1.1 – Cleanliness is an important consideration, and cylinders are
• High velocity fluid discharge. shipped with the ports plugged to protect them from contaminants enter-
ing the ports. These plugs should not be removed until the piping is to
• Piston rod extending when pressure is applied in the piston
be installed. Before making the connection to the cylinder ports, piping
retract mode.
should be thoroughly cleaned to remove all chips or burrs which might
Piston rods or machine members attached to the piston rod may move have resulted from threading or flaring operations.
suddenly and without warning as a consequence of other conditions
occurring to the machine such as, but not limited to:
• Unexpected detachment of the machine member from the piston rod.

86 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Cylinder Safety Guide Engineering Data
View
Table of 3.1.2 – Cylinders operating in an environment where air drying materials marks, and replace piston rod if surface is rough.
Contents are present such as fast-drying chemicals, paint, or weld splatter, or Rod seal leakage could also be traced to bushing wear. If clear-
other hazardous conditions such as excessive heat, should have shields ance is excessive, replace rod bushing and seal. Rod seal leakage
installed to prevent damage to the piston rod and piston rod seals. can also be traced to seal deterioration. If seals are soft or gummy
3.1.3 – Proper alignment of the cylinder piston rod and its mating or brittle, check compatibility of seal material with lubricant used
component on the machine should be checked in both the extended if air cylinder, or operating fluid if hydraulic cylinder. Replace with
and retracted positions. Improper alignment will result in excessive rod seal material, which is compatible with these fluids. If the seals are
bushing and/or cylinder bore wear. On fixed mounting cylinders attach- hard or have lost elasticity, it is usually due to exposure to tem-
ing the piston rod while the rod is retracted will help in achieving proper peratures in excess of 165°F. (+74°C). Shield the cylinder from the
alignment. heat source to limit temperature to 350°F. (+177°C.) and replace
with fluorocarbon seals.
3.1.4 – Sometimes it may be necessary to rotate the piston rod in order
to thread the piston rod into the machine member. This operation must 4.2.1.2 – Cylinder body seal leak can generally be traced to loose
always be done with zero pressure being applied to either side of the tie rods. Torque the tie rods to manufacturer’s recommendation for
piston. Failure to follow this procedure may result in loosening the piston that bore size.
to rod-threaded connection. In some rare cases the turning of the piston Excessive pressure can also result in cylinder body seal leak.
rod may rotate a threaded piston rod bushing and loosen it from the Determine maximum pressure to rated limits. Replace seals and
cylinder head. Confirm that this condition is not occurring. If it does, retorque tie rods as in paragraph above. Excessive pressure can
re-tighten the piston rod bushing firmly against the cylinder head. also result in cylinder body seal leak. Determine if the pressure
For double rod cylinders it is also important that when attaching or rating of the cylinder has been exceeded. If so, bring the operating
detaching the piston rod from the machine member that the torque be pressure down to the rating of the cylinder and have the tie rods
applied to the piston rod end of the cylinder that is directly attaching to replaced.
the machine member with the opposite end unrestrained. If the design Pinched or extruded cylinder body seal will also result in a leak.
of the machine is such that only the rod end of the cylinder opposite to Replace cylinder body seal and retorque as in paragraph above.
where the rod attaches to the machine member can be rotated, consult
the factory for further instructions. Cylinder body seal leakage due to loss of radial squeeze which
shows up in the form of flat spots or due to wear on the O.D. or I.D.
3.2 Mounting Recommendations – Either of these are symptoms of normal wear due to high cycle
3.2.1 – Always mount cylinders using the largest possible high tensile rate or length of service. Replace seals as per paragraph above.
alloy steel socket head screws that can fit in the cylinder mounting holes 4.2.2 – Internal Leakage
and torque them to the manufacturer’s recommendations for their size.
4.2.2.1 – Piston seal leak (by-pass) 1 to 3 cubic inches per minute
3.2.2 – Side-Mounted Cylinders – In addition to the mounting bolts, leakage is considered normal for piston ring construction. Virtually
cylinders of this type should be equipped with thrust keys or dowel pins no static leak with lipseal type seals on piston should be expected.
located so as to resist the major load. Piston seal wear is a usual cause of piston seal leakage. Replace
3.2.3 – Tie Rod Mounting – Cylinders with tie rod mountings are recom- seals as required.
mended for applications where mounting space is limited. The standard 4.2.2.2 – With lipseal type piston seals excessive back pressure
tie rod extension is shown as BB in dimension tables. Longer or shorter due to over-adjustment of speed control valves could be a direct
extensions can be supplied. Nuts used for this mounting style should be cause of rapid seal wear. Contamination in a hydraulic system
torqued to the same value as the tie rods for that bore size. can result in a scored cylinder bore, resulting in rapid seal wear. In
3.2.4 – Flange Mount Cylinders – The controlled diameter of the rod either case, replace piston seals as required.
bushing extension on head end flange mount cylinders can be used 4.2.2.3 – What appears to be piston seal leak, evidenced by the

Engineering Data
as a pilot to locate the cylinders in relation to the machine. After align- fact that the cylinder drifts, is not always traceable to the piston. To
ment has been obtained, the flanges may be drilled for pins or dowels to make sure, it is suggested that one side of the cylinder piston be
prevent shifting. pressurized and the fluid line at the opposite port be disconnected.

D
Observe leakage. If none is evident, seek the cause of cylinder drift
3.2.5 – Trunnion Mountings – Cylinders require lubricated bearing blocks in other component parts in the circuit.
with minimum bearing clearances. Bearing blocks should be carefully
aligned and rigidly mounted so the trunnions will not be subjected to 4.2.3 – Cylinder Fails to Move the Load
bending moments. The rod end should also be pivoted with the pivot pin
in line and parallel to axis of the trunnion pins. 4.2.3.1 – Pneumatic or hydraulic pressure is too low. Check the
pressure at the cylinder to make sure it is to circuit requirements.
3.2.6 – Clevis Mountings – Cylinders should be pivoted at both ends
with centerline of pins parallel to each other. After cylinder is mounted, 4.2.3.2 – Piston Seal Leak – Operate the valve to cycle the cylinder
be sure to check to assure that the cylinder is free to swing through its and observe fluid flow at valve exhaust ports at end of cylinder
working arc without interference from other machine parts. stroke. Replace piston seals if flow is excessive.
4.2.3.3 – Cylinder is undersized for the load – Replace cylinder with
4.0 Cylinder and Accessories Maintenance, Troubleshooting one of a larger bore size.
and Replacement
4.1 Storage – At times cylinders are delivered before a customer is ready to 4.3 Erratic or Chatter Operation
install them and must be stored for a period of time. When storage is required 4.3.1 – Excessive friction at rod bushing or piston bearing due to load
the following procedures are recommended. misalignment – Correct cylinder-to-load alignment.
4.1.1 – Store the cylinders in an indoor area which has a dry, clean and 4.3.2 – Cylinder sized too close to load requirements – Reduce load or
noncorrosive atmosphere. Take care to protect the cylinder from both install larger cylinder.
internal corrosion and external damage.
4.3.3 – Erratic operation could be traced to the difference between
4.1.2 – Whenever possible cylinders should be stored in a vertical posi- static and kinetic friction. Install speed control valves to provide a back
tion (piston rod up). This will minimize corrosion due to possible conden- pressure to control the stroke.
sation which could occur inside the cylinder. This will also minimize seal
damage. 4.4 Cylinder Modifications, Repairs, or Failed Component – Cylinders
as shipped from the factory are not to be disassembled and or modified.
4.1.3 – Port protector plugs should be left in the cylinder until the time of If cylinders require modifications, these modifications must be done at
installation. company locations or by the Company’s certified facilities. The Cylinder
4.1.4 – If a cylinder is stored full of hydraulic fluid, expansion of the fluid Division Engineering Department must be notified in the event of a
due to temperature changes must be considered. Installing a check mechanical fracture or permanent deformation of any cylinder component
valve with free flow out of the cylinder is one method. (excluding seals). This includes a broken piston rod, tie rod, mounting
accessory or any other cylinder component. The notification should include
4.1.5 – When cylinders are mounted on equipment that is stored outside all operation and application details. This information will be used to provide
for extended periods, exposed unpainted surfaces, e.g. piston rod, must an engineered repair that will prevent recurrence of the failure.
be coated with a rust-inhibiting compound to prevent corrosion.
It is allowed to disassemble cylinders for the purpose of replacing seals or
4.2 Cylinder Trouble Shooting seal assemblies. However, this work must be done by strictly following all the
instructions provided with the seal kits.
4.2.1 – External Leakage
4.2.1.1 – Rod seal leakage can generally be traced to worn or
damaged seals. Examine the piston rod for dents, gouges or score

87 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA Heavy Duty Hydraulic Cylinders
Offer of Sale Engineering Data
View
Table of
Contents
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document and other documents and descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors (“Seller”)
are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Seller. This offer and its acceptance by any customer (“Buyer”) shall be governed by all of the following Terms and
Conditions. Buyer’s order for any item described in its document, when communicated to Seller verbally, or in writing, shall constitute acceptance of this offer. All goods, services
or work described will be referred to as “Products”.
1. Terms and Conditions. Seller’s willingness to offer Products, or accept an order infringement or any other claim, brought by or incurred by Buyer, Buyer’s employees,
for Products, to or from Buyer is subject to these Terms and Conditions or any newer or any other person, arising out of: (a) improper selection, improper application or other
version of the terms and conditions found on-line at www.parker.com/saleterms/. Seller misuse of Products purchased by Buyer from Seller; (b) any act or omission, negligent
objects to any contrary or additional terms or conditions of Buyer’s order or any other or otherwise, of Buyer; (c) Seller’s use of patterns, plans, drawings, or specifications
document issued by Buyer. furnished by Buyer to manufacture Product; or (d) Buyer’s failure to comply with these
2. Price Adjustments; Payments. Prices stated on Seller’s quote or other documen- terms and conditions. Seller shall not indemnify Buyer under any circumstance except
tation offered by Seller are valid for 30 days, and do not include any sales, use, or other as otherwise provided.
taxes unless specifically stated. Unless otherwise specified by Seller, all prices are 12. Cancellations and Changes. Orders shall not be subject to cancellation or
F.C.A. Seller’s facility (INCOTERMS 2010). Payment is subject to credit approval and change by Buyer for any reason, except with Seller’s written consent and upon terms
is due 30 days from the date of invoice or such other term as required by Seller’s Credit that will indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless against all direct, incidental and
Department, after which Buyer shall pay interest on any unpaid invoices at the rate of consequential loss or damage. Seller may change product features, specifications,
1.5% per month or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law. designs and availability with notice to Buyer.
3. Delivery Dates; Title and Risk; Shipment. All delivery dates are approximate and 13. Limitation on Assignment. Buyer may not assign its rights or obligations under
Seller shall not be responsible for any damages resulting from any delay. Regardless this agreement without the prior written consent of Seller.
of the manner of shipment, title to any products and risk of loss or damage shall pass 14. Force Majeure. Seller does not assume the risk and shall not be liable for delay
to Buyer upon placement of the products with the shipment carrier at Seller’s facility. or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason of circumstances beyond the
Unless otherwise stated, Seller may exercise its judgment in choosing the carrier and reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter “Events of Force Majeure”). Events of Force
means of delivery. No deferment of shipment at Buyers’ request beyond the respec- Majeure shall include without limitation: accidents, strikes or labor disputes, acts of
tive dates indicated will be made except on terms that will indemnify, defend and hold any government or government agency, acts of nature, delays or failures in delivery
Seller harmless against all loss and additional expense. Buyer shall be responsible for from carriers or suppliers, shortages of materials, or any other cause beyond Seller’s
any additional shipping charges incurred by Seller due to Buyer’s acts or omissions. reasonable control.
4. Warranty. Seller warrants that the Products sold hereunder shall be free from 15. Waiver and Severability. Failure to enforce any provision of this agreement will
defects in material or workmanship for a period of eighteen months from the date of not waive that provision nor will any such failure prejudice Seller’s right to enforce that
delivery to Buyer. The prices charged for Seller’s products are based upon the exclu- provision in the future. Invalidation of any provision of this agreement by legislation or
sive limited warranty stated above, and upon the following disclaimer: DISCLAIMER other rule of law shall not invalidate any other provision herein. The remaining provi-
OF WARRANTY: THIS WARRANTY COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE sions of this agreement will remain in full force and effect.
WARRANTY PERTAINING TO PRODUCTS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER
DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING 16. Termination. Seller may terminate this agreement for any reason and at any time
DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. by giving Buyer thirty (30) days written notice of termination. Seller may immediately
terminate this agreement, in writing, if Buyer: (a) commits a breach of any provision of
5. Claims; Commencement of Actions. Buyer shall promptly inspect all Products this agreement (b) appointments a trustee, receiver or custodian for all or any part of
upon delivery. No claims for shortages will be allowed unless reported to the Seller Buyer’s property (c) files a petition for relief in bankruptcy on its own behalf, or by a third
within 10 days of delivery. No other claims against Seller will be allowed unless party (d) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (e) dissolves or liquidates
asserted in writing within 30 days after delivery. Buyer shall notify Seller of any alleged all or a majority of its assets.
breach of warranty within 30 days after the date the defect is or should have been
discovered by Buyer. Any action based upon breach of this agreement or upon any 17. Governing Law. This agreement and the sale and delivery of all Products here-
other claim arising out of this sale (other than an action by Seller for an amount due on under shall be deemed to have taken place in and shall be governed and construed
any invoice) must be commenced within 12 months from the date of the breach without in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio, as applicable to contracts executed
Engineering Data

regard to the date breach is discovered. and wholly performed therein and without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Buyer
irrevocably agrees and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts
6. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. UPON NOTIFICATION, SELLER WILL, AT ITS of Cuyahoga County, Ohio with respect to any dispute, controversy or claim arising out
D

OPTION, REPAIR OR REPLACE A DEFECTIVE PRODUCT, OR REFUND THE of or relating to this agreement.
PURCHASE PRICE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE TO BUYER FOR
ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES 18. Indemnity for Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights. Seller shall have
ARISING OUT OF, OR AS THE RESULT OF, THE SALE, DELIVERY, NON- no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade dress, trade
DELIVERY, SERVICING, USE OR LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCTS OR ANY secrets or similar rights except as provided in this Section. Seller will defend and
PART THEREOF, OR FOR ANY CHARGES OR EXPENSES OF ANY NATURE indemnify Buyer against allegations of infringement of U.S. patents, U.S. trademarks,
INCURRED WITHOUT SELLER’S WRITTEN CONSENT, EVEN IF SELLER copyrights, trade dress and trade secrets (“Intellectual Property Rights”). Seller will
HAS BEEN NEGLIGENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHER LEGAL defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages awarded in
THEORY. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER’S LIABILITY UNDER ANY CLAIM MADE an action brought against Buyer based on an allegation that a Product sold pursuant to
BY BUYER EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCTS. this Agreement infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party. Seller’s obliga-
tion to defend and indemnify Buyer is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten
7. User Responsibility. The user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely (10) days after Buyer becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller
responsible for making the final selection of the system and Product and assuring that having sole control over the defense of any allegations or actions including all negotia-
all performance, endurance, maintenance, safety and warning requirements of the tions for settlement or compromise. If a Product is subject to a claim that it infringes the
application are met. The user must analyze all aspects of the application and follow Intellectual Property Rights of a third party, Seller may, at its sole expense and option,
applicable industry standards and Product information. If Seller provides Product or procure for Buyer the right to continue using the Product, replace or modify the Product
system options, the user is responsible for determining that such data and specifica- so as to make it noninfringing, or offer to accept return of the Product and return the
tions are suitable and sufficient for all applications and reasonably foreseeable uses purchase price less a reasonable allowance for depreciation. Notwithstanding the fore-
of the Products or systems. going, Seller shall have no liability for claims of infringement based on information
8. Loss to Buyer’s Property. Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings, confi- provided by Buyer, or directed to Products delivered hereunder for which the designs
dential information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other items which become are specified in whole or part by Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification,
Buyer’s property, will be considered obsolete and may be destroyed by Seller after two combination or use in a system of any Product sold hereunder. The foregoing provi-
consecutive years have elapsed without Buyer ordering the items manufactured using sions of this Section shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s
such property. Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to such property sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property Rights.
while it is in Seller’s possession or control. 19. Entire Agreement. This agreement contains the entire agreement between the
9. Special Tooling. A tooling charge may be imposed for any special tooling, includ- Buyer and Seller and constitutes the final, complete and exclusive expression of the
ing without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, acquired to manufacture terms of sale. All prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements or negotiations
Products. Such special tooling shall be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding with respect to the subject matter are herein merged.
payment of any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in appa- 20. Compliance with Law, U. K. Bribery Act and U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices
ratus belonging to Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the Products, even if Act. Buyer agrees to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including both
such apparatus has been specially converted or adapted for such manufacture and those of the United Kingdom and the United States of America, and of the country or
notwithstanding any charges paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall have countries of the Territory in which Buyer may operate, including without limitation the
the right to alter, discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other property U. K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the U.S. Anti-
in its sole discretion at any time. Kickback Act (the “Anti-Kickback Act”), and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
10. Buyer’s Obligation; Rights of Seller. To secure payment of all sums due or oth- Seller from the consequences of any violation of such provisions by Buyer, its employ-
erwise, Seller shall retain a security interest in the goods delivered and this agreement ees or agents. Buyer acknowledges that they are familiar with the provisions of the
shall be deemed a Security Agreement under the Uniform Commercial Code. Buyer U. K. Bribery Act, the FCPA and the Anti-Kickback Act, and certifies that Buyer will
authorizes Seller as its attorney to execute and file on Buyer’s behalf all documents adhere to the requirements thereof. In particular, Buyer represents and agrees that
Seller deems necessary to perfect its security interest. Buyer shall not make any payment or give anything of value, directly or indirectly to
11. Improper use and Indemnity. Buyer shall indemnify, defend, and hold Seller any governmental official, any foreign political party or official thereof, any candidate
harmless from any claim, liability, damages, lawsuits, and costs (including attorney for foreign political office, or any commercial entity or person, for the purpose of influ-
fees), whether for personal injury, property damage, patent, trademark or copyright encing such person to purchase products or otherwise benefit the business of Seller.

88 Miller Fluid Power

Des Plaines, IL USA
www.miller-fluidpower.com
 Custom Modifications
Engineered to Order
exclusively for Miller HV Series cylinders

Looking for an NFPA Interchangeable

non Tie Rod Cylinder?
Consider a HV B modification

• Easier to service
• Offers a clean appearance
• Improves aesthetics particularly in
longer stroke applications
• Improved fatigue life compared to
industrial welded flange construction

Looking to cleanly integrate your HV into

your Electrohydraulic system?
Consider a HV X modification

Engineered for your feedback/

control systems with
transducer, valve manifold and
hydraulic plumbing options.
All units are electronically
tested to verify your required
outputs prior to shipment.

Consult your local Miller representative today

Miller Fluid Power
500 South Wolf Road
Des Plaines, IL 60016 USA
Tel.: (847) 298-2400
Fax: (800) 892-1008
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.miller-fluidpower.com

All specifications and information subject to

change without notice or prior obligation.

Catalog HY08-M1314-1/NA
11/18